Mercurial > emacs
annotate lispref/display.texi @ 26679:e60608964e3a
(UNEXEC) [USG5_4]: Use unexsgi.o instead of
unexelf.o.
author | Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org> |
---|---|
date | Thu, 02 Dec 1999 07:59:06 +0000 |
parents | 53eeb3b7c785 |
children | ef5e7bbe6f19 |
rev | line source |
---|---|
6598 | 1 @c -*-texinfo-*- |
2 @c This is part of the GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual. | |
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
3 @c Copyright (C) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc. |
6598 | 4 @c See the file elisp.texi for copying conditions. |
5 @setfilename ../info/display | |
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
6 @node Display, Calendar, Processes, Top |
6598 | 7 @chapter Emacs Display |
8 | |
9 This chapter describes a number of features related to the display | |
10 that Emacs presents to the user. | |
11 | |
12 @menu | |
13 * Refresh Screen:: Clearing the screen and redrawing everything on it. | |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
14 * Forcing Redisplay:: Forcing redisplay. |
6598 | 15 * Truncation:: Folding or wrapping long text lines. |
16 * The Echo Area:: Where messages are displayed. | |
12067 | 17 * Invisible Text:: Hiding part of the buffer text. |
18 * Selective Display:: Hiding part of the buffer text (the old way). | |
6598 | 19 * Overlay Arrow:: Display of an arrow to indicate position. |
20 * Temporary Displays:: Displays that go away automatically. | |
21 * Overlays:: Use overlays to highlight parts of the buffer. | |
25875 | 22 * Width:: How wide a character or string is on the screen. |
23 * Faces:: A face defines a graphics style for text characters: | |
24 font, colors, etc. | |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
25 * Display Property:: Enabling special display features. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
26 * Images:: Displaying images in Emacs buffers. |
6598 | 27 * Blinking:: How Emacs shows the matching open parenthesis. |
28 * Inverse Video:: Specifying how the screen looks. | |
29 * Usual Display:: The usual conventions for displaying nonprinting chars. | |
30 * Display Tables:: How to specify other conventions. | |
31 * Beeping:: Audible signal to the user. | |
32 * Window Systems:: Which window system is being used. | |
33 @end menu | |
34 | |
35 @node Refresh Screen | |
36 @section Refreshing the Screen | |
37 | |
38 The function @code{redraw-frame} redisplays the entire contents of a | |
22252
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
39 given frame (@pxref{Frames}). |
6598 | 40 |
41 @c Emacs 19 feature | |
42 @defun redraw-frame frame | |
43 This function clears and redisplays frame @var{frame}. | |
44 @end defun | |
45 | |
46 Even more powerful is @code{redraw-display}: | |
47 | |
48 @deffn Command redraw-display | |
49 This function clears and redisplays all visible frames. | |
50 @end deffn | |
51 | |
12098 | 52 Processing user input takes absolute priority over redisplay. If you |
53 call these functions when input is available, they do nothing | |
54 immediately, but a full redisplay does happen eventually---after all the | |
55 input has been processed. | |
56 | |
6598 | 57 Normally, suspending and resuming Emacs also refreshes the screen. |
58 Some terminal emulators record separate contents for display-oriented | |
59 programs such as Emacs and for ordinary sequential display. If you are | |
60 using such a terminal, you might want to inhibit the redisplay on | |
9009 | 61 resumption. |
6598 | 62 |
63 @defvar no-redraw-on-reenter | |
64 @cindex suspend (cf. @code{no-redraw-on-reenter}) | |
65 @cindex resume (cf. @code{no-redraw-on-reenter}) | |
66 This variable controls whether Emacs redraws the entire screen after it | |
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
67 has been suspended and resumed. Non-@code{nil} means there is no need |
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
68 to redraw, @code{nil} means redrawing is needed. The default is @code{nil}. |
6598 | 69 @end defvar |
70 | |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
71 @node Forcing Redisplay |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
72 @section Forcing Redisplay |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
73 @cindex forcing redisplay |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
74 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
75 Emacs redisplay normally stops if input arrives, and does not happen |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
76 at all if input is available before it starts. Most of the time, this |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
77 is exactly what you want. However, you can prevent preemption by |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
78 binding @code{redisplay-dont-pause} to a non-@code{nil} value. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
79 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
80 @tindex redisplay-dont-pause |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
81 @defvar redisplay-dont-pause |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
82 If this variable is non-@code{nil}, pending input does not |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
83 prevent or halt redisplay; redisplay occurs, and finishes, |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
84 regardless of whether input is available. This feature is available |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
85 as of Emacs 21. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
86 @end defvar |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
87 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
88 You can request a display update, but only if no input is pending, |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
89 with @code{(sit-for 0)}. To force a display update even when input is |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
90 pending, do this: |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
91 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
92 @example |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
93 (let ((redisplay-dont-pause t)) |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
94 (sit-for 0)) |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
95 @end example |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
96 |
6598 | 97 @node Truncation |
98 @section Truncation | |
99 @cindex line wrapping | |
100 @cindex continuation lines | |
101 @cindex @samp{$} in display | |
102 @cindex @samp{\} in display | |
103 | |
104 When a line of text extends beyond the right edge of a window, the | |
105 line can either be continued on the next screen line, or truncated to | |
106 one screen line. The additional screen lines used to display a long | |
107 text line are called @dfn{continuation} lines. Normally, a @samp{$} in | |
108 the rightmost column of the window indicates truncation; a @samp{\} on | |
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
109 the rightmost column indicates a line that ``wraps'' onto the next line, |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
110 which is also called @dfn{continuing} the line. (The display table can |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
111 specify alternative indicators; see @ref{Display Tables}.) |
6598 | 112 |
113 Note that continuation is different from filling; continuation happens | |
114 on the screen only, not in the buffer contents, and it breaks a line | |
115 precisely at the right margin, not at a word boundary. @xref{Filling}. | |
116 | |
117 @defopt truncate-lines | |
118 This buffer-local variable controls how Emacs displays lines that extend | |
119 beyond the right edge of the window. The default is @code{nil}, which | |
120 specifies continuation. If the value is non-@code{nil}, then these | |
121 lines are truncated. | |
122 | |
123 If the variable @code{truncate-partial-width-windows} is non-@code{nil}, | |
124 then truncation is always used for side-by-side windows (within one | |
125 frame) regardless of the value of @code{truncate-lines}. | |
126 @end defopt | |
127 | |
12098 | 128 @defopt default-truncate-lines |
6598 | 129 This variable is the default value for @code{truncate-lines}, for |
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
130 buffers that do not have buffer-local values for it. |
12098 | 131 @end defopt |
6598 | 132 |
133 @defopt truncate-partial-width-windows | |
134 This variable controls display of lines that extend beyond the right | |
135 edge of the window, in side-by-side windows (@pxref{Splitting Windows}). | |
136 If it is non-@code{nil}, these lines are truncated; otherwise, | |
137 @code{truncate-lines} says what to do with them. | |
138 @end defopt | |
139 | |
22138
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
140 When horizontal scrolling (@pxref{Horizontal Scrolling}) is in use in |
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
141 a window, that forces truncation. |
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
142 |
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
143 You can override the glyphs that indicate continuation or truncation |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
144 using the display table; see @ref{Display Tables}. |
6598 | 145 |
22252
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
146 If your buffer contains @emph{very} long lines, and you use |
12067 | 147 continuation to display them, just thinking about them can make Emacs |
12098 | 148 redisplay slow. The column computation and indentation functions also |
149 become slow. Then you might find it advisable to set | |
150 @code{cache-long-line-scans} to @code{t}. | |
12067 | 151 |
152 @defvar cache-long-line-scans | |
153 If this variable is non-@code{nil}, various indentation and motion | |
12098 | 154 functions, and Emacs redisplay, cache the results of scanning the |
155 buffer, and consult the cache to avoid rescanning regions of the buffer | |
156 unless they are modified. | |
12067 | 157 |
12098 | 158 Turning on the cache slows down processing of short lines somewhat. |
12067 | 159 |
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
160 This variable is automatically buffer-local in every buffer. |
12067 | 161 @end defvar |
162 | |
6598 | 163 @node The Echo Area |
164 @section The Echo Area | |
165 @cindex error display | |
166 @cindex echo area | |
167 | |
12067 | 168 The @dfn{echo area} is used for displaying messages made with the |
6598 | 169 @code{message} primitive, and for echoing keystrokes. It is not the |
170 same as the minibuffer, despite the fact that the minibuffer appears | |
171 (when active) in the same place on the screen as the echo area. The | |
172 @cite{GNU Emacs Manual} specifies the rules for resolving conflicts | |
173 between the echo area and the minibuffer for use of that screen space | |
174 (@pxref{Minibuffer,, The Minibuffer, emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}). | |
175 Error messages appear in the echo area; see @ref{Errors}. | |
176 | |
177 You can write output in the echo area by using the Lisp printing | |
178 functions with @code{t} as the stream (@pxref{Output Functions}), or as | |
179 follows: | |
180 | |
181 @defun message string &rest arguments | |
12067 | 182 This function displays a one-line message in the echo area. The |
6598 | 183 argument @var{string} is similar to a C language @code{printf} control |
184 string. See @code{format} in @ref{String Conversion}, for the details | |
185 on the conversion specifications. @code{message} returns the | |
186 constructed string. | |
187 | |
7735
7db892210924
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7086
diff
changeset
|
188 In batch mode, @code{message} prints the message text on the standard |
7db892210924
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7086
diff
changeset
|
189 error stream, followed by a newline. |
7db892210924
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7086
diff
changeset
|
190 |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
191 If @var{string}, or strings among the @var{arguments}, have @code{face} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
192 text properties, these affect the way the message is displayed. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
193 |
6598 | 194 @c Emacs 19 feature |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
195 If @var{string} is @code{nil}, @code{message} clears the echo area; if |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
196 the echo area has been expanded automatically, this brings it back to |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
197 its normal size. If the minibuffer is active, this brings the |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
198 minibuffer contents back onto the screen immediately. |
7735
7db892210924
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7086
diff
changeset
|
199 |
6598 | 200 @example |
201 @group | |
202 (message "Minibuffer depth is %d." | |
203 (minibuffer-depth)) | |
204 @print{} Minibuffer depth is 0. | |
205 @result{} "Minibuffer depth is 0." | |
206 @end group | |
207 | |
208 @group | |
209 ---------- Echo Area ---------- | |
210 Minibuffer depth is 0. | |
211 ---------- Echo Area ---------- | |
212 @end group | |
213 @end example | |
214 @end defun | |
215 | |
24951
7451b1458af1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22843
diff
changeset
|
216 @tindex with-temp-message |
7451b1458af1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22843
diff
changeset
|
217 @defmac with-temp-message message &rest body |
7451b1458af1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22843
diff
changeset
|
218 This construct displays a message in the echo area temporarily, during |
7451b1458af1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22843
diff
changeset
|
219 the execution of @var{body}. It displays @var{message}, executes |
7451b1458af1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22843
diff
changeset
|
220 @var{body}, then returns the value of the last body form while restoring |
7451b1458af1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22843
diff
changeset
|
221 the previous echo area contents. |
7451b1458af1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22843
diff
changeset
|
222 @end defmac |
7451b1458af1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22843
diff
changeset
|
223 |
22843
63f6e25f0cbd
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22267
diff
changeset
|
224 @defun message-or-box string &rest arguments |
63f6e25f0cbd
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22267
diff
changeset
|
225 This function displays a message like @code{message}, but may display it |
63f6e25f0cbd
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22267
diff
changeset
|
226 in a dialog box instead of the echo area. If this function is called in |
63f6e25f0cbd
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22267
diff
changeset
|
227 a command that was invoked using the mouse---more precisely, if |
63f6e25f0cbd
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22267
diff
changeset
|
228 @code{last-nonmenu-event} (@pxref{Command Loop Info}) is either |
63f6e25f0cbd
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22267
diff
changeset
|
229 @code{nil} or a list---then it uses a dialog box or pop-up menu to |
63f6e25f0cbd
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22267
diff
changeset
|
230 display the message. Otherwise, it uses the echo area. (This is the |
63f6e25f0cbd
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22267
diff
changeset
|
231 same criterion that @code{y-or-n-p} uses to make a similar decision; see |
63f6e25f0cbd
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22267
diff
changeset
|
232 @ref{Yes-or-No Queries}.) |
63f6e25f0cbd
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22267
diff
changeset
|
233 |
63f6e25f0cbd
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22267
diff
changeset
|
234 You can force use of the mouse or of the echo area by binding |
63f6e25f0cbd
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22267
diff
changeset
|
235 @code{last-nonmenu-event} to a suitable value around the call. |
63f6e25f0cbd
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22267
diff
changeset
|
236 @end defun |
63f6e25f0cbd
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22267
diff
changeset
|
237 |
63f6e25f0cbd
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22267
diff
changeset
|
238 @defun message-box string &rest arguments |
63f6e25f0cbd
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22267
diff
changeset
|
239 This function displays a message like @code{message}, but uses a dialog |
63f6e25f0cbd
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22267
diff
changeset
|
240 box (or a pop-up menu) whenever that is possible. If it is impossible |
63f6e25f0cbd
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22267
diff
changeset
|
241 to use a dialog box or pop-up menu, because the terminal does not |
63f6e25f0cbd
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22267
diff
changeset
|
242 support them, then @code{message-box} uses the echo area, like |
63f6e25f0cbd
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22267
diff
changeset
|
243 @code{message}. |
63f6e25f0cbd
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22267
diff
changeset
|
244 @end defun |
63f6e25f0cbd
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22267
diff
changeset
|
245 |
22138
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
246 @defun current-message |
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
247 @tindex current-message |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
248 This function returns the message currently being displayed in the |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
249 echo area, or @code{nil} if there is none. |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
250 @end defun |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
251 |
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
252 @defvar cursor-in-echo-area |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
253 This variable controls where the cursor appears when a message is |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
254 displayed in the echo area. If it is non-@code{nil}, then the cursor |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
255 appears at the end of the message. Otherwise, the cursor appears at |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
256 point---not in the echo area at all. |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
257 |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
258 The value is normally @code{nil}; Lisp programs bind it to @code{t} |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
259 for brief periods of time. |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
260 @end defvar |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
261 |
22138
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
262 @defvar echo-area-clear-hook |
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
263 @tindex echo-area-clear-hook |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
264 This normal hook is run whenever the echo area is cleared---either by |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
265 @code{(message nil)} or for any other reason. |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
266 @end defvar |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
267 |
12067 | 268 Almost all the messages displayed in the echo area are also recorded |
269 in the @samp{*Messages*} buffer. | |
270 | |
271 @defopt message-log-max | |
272 This variable specifies how many lines to keep in the @samp{*Messages*} | |
273 buffer. The value @code{t} means there is no limit on how many lines to | |
274 keep. The value @code{nil} disables message logging entirely. Here's | |
275 how to display a message and prevent it from being logged: | |
276 | |
277 @example | |
278 (let (message-log-max) | |
279 (message @dots{})) | |
280 @end example | |
281 @end defopt | |
282 | |
12098 | 283 @defvar echo-keystrokes |
284 This variable determines how much time should elapse before command | |
285 characters echo. Its value must be an integer, which specifies the | |
286 number of seconds to wait before echoing. If the user types a prefix | |
287 key (such as @kbd{C-x}) and then delays this many seconds before | |
22138
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
288 continuing, the prefix key is echoed in the echo area. (Once echoing |
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
289 begins in a key sequence, all subsequent characters in the same key |
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
290 sequence are echoed immediately.) |
12098 | 291 |
292 If the value is zero, then command input is not echoed. | |
293 @end defvar | |
294 | |
12067 | 295 @node Invisible Text |
296 @section Invisible Text | |
297 | |
298 @cindex invisible text | |
299 You can make characters @dfn{invisible}, so that they do not appear on | |
300 the screen, with the @code{invisible} property. This can be either a | |
22138
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
301 text property (@pxref{Text Properties}) or a property of an overlay |
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
302 (@pxref{Overlays}). |
12067 | 303 |
304 In the simplest case, any non-@code{nil} @code{invisible} property makes | |
305 a character invisible. This is the default case---if you don't alter | |
306 the default value of @code{buffer-invisibility-spec}, this is how the | |
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
307 @code{invisible} property works. |
12067 | 308 |
309 More generally, you can use the variable @code{buffer-invisibility-spec} | |
310 to control which values of the @code{invisible} property make text | |
311 invisible. This permits you to classify the text into different subsets | |
312 in advance, by giving them different @code{invisible} values, and | |
313 subsequently make various subsets visible or invisible by changing the | |
314 value of @code{buffer-invisibility-spec}. | |
315 | |
316 Controlling visibility with @code{buffer-invisibility-spec} is | |
25875 | 317 especially useful in a program to display the list of entries in a |
318 database. It permits the implementation of convenient filtering | |
319 commands to view just a part of the entries in the database. Setting | |
320 this variable is very fast, much faster than scanning all the text in | |
321 the buffer looking for properties to change. | |
12067 | 322 |
323 @defvar buffer-invisibility-spec | |
324 This variable specifies which kinds of @code{invisible} properties | |
325 actually make a character invisible. | |
326 | |
327 @table @asis | |
328 @item @code{t} | |
329 A character is invisible if its @code{invisible} property is | |
330 non-@code{nil}. This is the default. | |
331 | |
332 @item a list | |
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
333 Each element of the list specifies a criterion for invisibility; if a |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
334 character's @code{invisible} property fits any one of these criteria, |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
335 the character is invisible. The list can have two kinds of elements: |
12067 | 336 |
337 @table @code | |
338 @item @var{atom} | |
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
339 A character is invisible if its @code{invisible} property value |
12067 | 340 is @var{atom} or if it is a list with @var{atom} as a member. |
341 | |
342 @item (@var{atom} . t) | |
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
343 A character is invisible if its @code{invisible} property value |
12067 | 344 is @var{atom} or if it is a list with @var{atom} as a member. |
345 Moreover, if this character is at the end of a line and is followed | |
346 by a visible newline, it displays an ellipsis. | |
347 @end table | |
348 @end table | |
349 @end defvar | |
350 | |
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
351 Two functions are specifically provided for adding elements to |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
352 @code{buffer-invisibility-spec} and removing elements from it. |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
353 |
22138
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
354 @defun add-to-invisibility-spec element |
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
355 @tindex add-to-invisibility-spec |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
356 Add the element @var{element} to @code{buffer-invisibility-spec} |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
357 (if it is not already present in that list). |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
358 @end defun |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
359 |
22138
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
360 @defun remove-from-invisibility-spec element |
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
361 @tindex remove-from-invisibility-spec |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
362 Remove the element @var{element} from @code{buffer-invisibility-spec}. |
25875 | 363 This does nothing if @var{element} is not in the list. |
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
364 @end defun |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
365 |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
366 One convention about the use of @code{buffer-invisibility-spec} is |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
367 that a major mode should use the mode's own name as an element of |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
368 @code{buffer-invisibility-spec} and as the value of the @code{invisible} |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
369 property: |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
370 |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
371 @example |
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
372 ;; @r{If you want to display an ellipsis:} |
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
373 (add-to-invisibility-spec '(my-symbol . t)) |
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
374 ;; @r{If you don't want ellipsis:} |
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
375 (add-to-invisibility-spec 'my-symbol) |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
376 |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
377 (overlay-put (make-overlay beginning end) |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
378 'invisible 'my-symbol) |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
379 |
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
380 ;; @r{When done with the overlays:} |
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
381 (remove-from-invisibility-spec '(my-symbol . t)) |
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
382 ;; @r{Or respectively:} |
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
383 (remove-from-invisibility-spec 'my-symbol) |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
384 @end example |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
385 |
15761
77d451c08a30
Document line-move-ignore-invisible.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15074
diff
changeset
|
386 @vindex line-move-ignore-invisible |
12098 | 387 Ordinarily, commands that operate on text or move point do not care |
15761
77d451c08a30
Document line-move-ignore-invisible.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15074
diff
changeset
|
388 whether the text is invisible. The user-level line motion commands |
77d451c08a30
Document line-move-ignore-invisible.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15074
diff
changeset
|
389 explicitly ignore invisible newlines if |
77d451c08a30
Document line-move-ignore-invisible.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15074
diff
changeset
|
390 @code{line-move-ignore-invisible} is non-@code{nil}, but only because |
77d451c08a30
Document line-move-ignore-invisible.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15074
diff
changeset
|
391 they are explicitly programmed to do so. |
12098 | 392 |
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
393 Incremental search can make invisible overlays visible temporarily |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
394 and/or permanently when a match includes invisible text. To enable |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
395 this, the overlay should have a non-@code{nil} |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
396 @code{isearch-open-invisible} property. The property value should be a |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
397 function to be called with the overlay as an argument. This function |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
398 should make the overlay visible permanently; it is used when the match |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
399 overlaps the overlay on exit from the search. |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
400 |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
401 During the search, such overlays are made temporarily visible by |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
402 temporarily modifying their invisible and intangible properties. If you |
22267
dfac7398266b
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22252
diff
changeset
|
403 want this to be done differently for a certain overlay, give it an |
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
404 @code{isearch-open-invisible-temporary} property which is a function. |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
405 The function is called with two arguments: the first is the overlay, and |
22138
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
406 the second is @code{t} to make the overlay visible, or @code{nil} to |
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
407 make it invisible again. |
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
408 |
6598 | 409 @node Selective Display |
410 @section Selective Display | |
411 @cindex selective display | |
412 | |
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
413 @dfn{Selective display} refers to a pair of related features for |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
414 hiding certain lines on the screen. |
6598 | 415 |
416 The first variant, explicit selective display, is designed for use in | |
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
417 a Lisp program: it controls which lines are hidden by altering the text. |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
418 The invisible text feature (@pxref{Invisible Text}) has partially |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
419 replaced this feature. |
12067 | 420 |
421 In the second variant, the choice of lines to hide is made | |
12098 | 422 automatically based on indentation. This variant is designed to be a |
12067 | 423 user-level feature. |
6598 | 424 |
425 The way you control explicit selective display is by replacing a | |
9009 | 426 newline (control-j) with a carriage return (control-m). The text that |
6598 | 427 was formerly a line following that newline is now invisible. Strictly |
428 speaking, it is temporarily no longer a line at all, since only newlines | |
429 can separate lines; it is now part of the previous line. | |
430 | |
431 Selective display does not directly affect editing commands. For | |
432 example, @kbd{C-f} (@code{forward-char}) moves point unhesitatingly into | |
433 invisible text. However, the replacement of newline characters with | |
434 carriage return characters affects some editing commands. For example, | |
435 @code{next-line} skips invisible lines, since it searches only for | |
436 newlines. Modes that use selective display can also define commands | |
437 that take account of the newlines, or that make parts of the text | |
438 visible or invisible. | |
439 | |
440 When you write a selectively displayed buffer into a file, all the | |
441 control-m's are output as newlines. This means that when you next read | |
442 in the file, it looks OK, with nothing invisible. The selective display | |
443 effect is seen only within Emacs. | |
444 | |
445 @defvar selective-display | |
446 This buffer-local variable enables selective display. This means that | |
447 lines, or portions of lines, may be made invisible. | |
448 | |
449 @itemize @bullet | |
450 @item | |
25875 | 451 If the value of @code{selective-display} is @code{t}, then the character |
452 control-m marks the start of invisible text; the control-m, and the rest | |
453 of the line following it, are not displayed. This is explicit selective | |
454 display. | |
6598 | 455 |
456 @item | |
457 If the value of @code{selective-display} is a positive integer, then | |
458 lines that start with more than that many columns of indentation are not | |
459 displayed. | |
460 @end itemize | |
461 | |
462 When some portion of a buffer is invisible, the vertical movement | |
463 commands operate as if that portion did not exist, allowing a single | |
464 @code{next-line} command to skip any number of invisible lines. | |
465 However, character movement commands (such as @code{forward-char}) do | |
466 not skip the invisible portion, and it is possible (if tricky) to insert | |
467 or delete text in an invisible portion. | |
468 | |
469 In the examples below, we show the @emph{display appearance} of the | |
470 buffer @code{foo}, which changes with the value of | |
471 @code{selective-display}. The @emph{contents} of the buffer do not | |
472 change. | |
473 | |
474 @example | |
475 @group | |
476 (setq selective-display nil) | |
477 @result{} nil | |
478 | |
479 ---------- Buffer: foo ---------- | |
480 1 on this column | |
481 2on this column | |
482 3n this column | |
483 3n this column | |
484 2on this column | |
485 1 on this column | |
486 ---------- Buffer: foo ---------- | |
487 @end group | |
488 | |
489 @group | |
490 (setq selective-display 2) | |
491 @result{} 2 | |
492 | |
493 ---------- Buffer: foo ---------- | |
494 1 on this column | |
495 2on this column | |
496 2on this column | |
497 1 on this column | |
498 ---------- Buffer: foo ---------- | |
499 @end group | |
500 @end example | |
501 @end defvar | |
502 | |
503 @defvar selective-display-ellipses | |
504 If this buffer-local variable is non-@code{nil}, then Emacs displays | |
505 @samp{@dots{}} at the end of a line that is followed by invisible text. | |
506 This example is a continuation of the previous one. | |
507 | |
508 @example | |
509 @group | |
510 (setq selective-display-ellipses t) | |
511 @result{} t | |
512 | |
513 ---------- Buffer: foo ---------- | |
514 1 on this column | |
515 2on this column ... | |
516 2on this column | |
517 1 on this column | |
518 ---------- Buffer: foo ---------- | |
519 @end group | |
520 @end example | |
521 | |
522 You can use a display table to substitute other text for the ellipsis | |
523 (@samp{@dots{}}). @xref{Display Tables}. | |
524 @end defvar | |
525 | |
526 @node Overlay Arrow | |
527 @section The Overlay Arrow | |
528 @cindex overlay arrow | |
529 | |
530 The @dfn{overlay arrow} is useful for directing the user's attention | |
531 to a particular line in a buffer. For example, in the modes used for | |
532 interface to debuggers, the overlay arrow indicates the line of code | |
533 about to be executed. | |
534 | |
535 @defvar overlay-arrow-string | |
9009 | 536 This variable holds the string to display to call attention to a |
537 particular line, or @code{nil} if the arrow feature is not in use. | |
6598 | 538 @end defvar |
539 | |
540 @defvar overlay-arrow-position | |
9009 | 541 This variable holds a marker that indicates where to display the overlay |
542 arrow. It should point at the beginning of a line. The arrow text | |
543 appears at the beginning of that line, overlaying any text that would | |
544 otherwise appear. Since the arrow is usually short, and the line | |
545 usually begins with indentation, normally nothing significant is | |
546 overwritten. | |
6598 | 547 |
9009 | 548 The overlay string is displayed only in the buffer that this marker |
6598 | 549 points into. Thus, only one buffer can have an overlay arrow at any |
550 given time. | |
551 @c !!! overlay-arrow-position: but the overlay string may remain in the display | |
552 @c of some other buffer until an update is required. This should be fixed | |
553 @c now. Is it? | |
554 @end defvar | |
555 | |
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
556 You can do a similar job by creating an overlay with a |
12067 | 557 @code{before-string} property. @xref{Overlay Properties}. |
558 | |
6598 | 559 @node Temporary Displays |
560 @section Temporary Displays | |
561 | |
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
562 Temporary displays are used by Lisp programs to put output into a |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
563 buffer and then present it to the user for perusal rather than for |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
564 editing. Many help commands use this feature. |
6598 | 565 |
566 @defspec with-output-to-temp-buffer buffer-name forms@dots{} | |
24951
7451b1458af1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22843
diff
changeset
|
567 This function executes @var{forms} while arranging to insert any output |
7451b1458af1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22843
diff
changeset
|
568 they print into the buffer named @var{buffer-name}, which is first |
7451b1458af1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22843
diff
changeset
|
569 created if necessary, and put into Help mode. Finally, the buffer is |
7451b1458af1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22843
diff
changeset
|
570 displayed in some window, but not selected. |
7451b1458af1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22843
diff
changeset
|
571 |
7451b1458af1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22843
diff
changeset
|
572 If the @var{forms} do not change the major mode in the output buffer, so |
7451b1458af1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22843
diff
changeset
|
573 that it is still Help mode at the end of their execution, then |
7451b1458af1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22843
diff
changeset
|
574 @code{with-output-to-temp-buffer} makes this buffer read-only at the |
7451b1458af1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22843
diff
changeset
|
575 end, and also scans it for function and variable names to make them into |
7451b1458af1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22843
diff
changeset
|
576 clickable cross-references. |
6598 | 577 |
578 The string @var{buffer-name} specifies the temporary buffer, which | |
579 need not already exist. The argument must be a string, not a buffer. | |
580 The buffer is erased initially (with no questions asked), and it is | |
581 marked as unmodified after @code{with-output-to-temp-buffer} exits. | |
582 | |
583 @code{with-output-to-temp-buffer} binds @code{standard-output} to the | |
584 temporary buffer, then it evaluates the forms in @var{forms}. Output | |
585 using the Lisp output functions within @var{forms} goes by default to | |
586 that buffer (but screen display and messages in the echo area, although | |
587 they are ``output'' in the general sense of the word, are not affected). | |
588 @xref{Output Functions}. | |
589 | |
24951
7451b1458af1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22843
diff
changeset
|
590 Several hooks are available for customizing the behavior |
7451b1458af1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22843
diff
changeset
|
591 of this construct; they are listed below. |
7451b1458af1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22843
diff
changeset
|
592 |
6598 | 593 The value of the last form in @var{forms} is returned. |
594 | |
595 @example | |
596 @group | |
597 ---------- Buffer: foo ---------- | |
598 This is the contents of foo. | |
599 ---------- Buffer: foo ---------- | |
600 @end group | |
601 | |
602 @group | |
603 (with-output-to-temp-buffer "foo" | |
604 (print 20) | |
605 (print standard-output)) | |
606 @result{} #<buffer foo> | |
607 | |
608 ---------- Buffer: foo ---------- | |
609 20 | |
610 | |
611 #<buffer foo> | |
612 | |
613 ---------- Buffer: foo ---------- | |
614 @end group | |
615 @end example | |
616 @end defspec | |
617 | |
618 @defvar temp-buffer-show-function | |
9009 | 619 If this variable is non-@code{nil}, @code{with-output-to-temp-buffer} |
6598 | 620 calls it as a function to do the job of displaying a help buffer. The |
621 function gets one argument, which is the buffer it should display. | |
22138
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
622 |
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
623 It is a good idea for this function to run @code{temp-buffer-show-hook} |
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
624 just as @code{with-output-to-temp-buffer} normally would, inside of |
24951
7451b1458af1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22843
diff
changeset
|
625 @code{save-selected-window} and with the chosen window and buffer |
22138
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
626 selected. |
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
627 @end defvar |
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
628 |
24951
7451b1458af1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22843
diff
changeset
|
629 @defvar temp-buffer-setup-hook |
7451b1458af1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22843
diff
changeset
|
630 @tindex temp-buffer-setup-hook |
7451b1458af1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22843
diff
changeset
|
631 This normal hook is run by @code{with-output-to-temp-buffer} before |
7451b1458af1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22843
diff
changeset
|
632 evaluating @var{body}. When the hook runs, the help buffer is current. |
7451b1458af1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22843
diff
changeset
|
633 This hook is normally set up with a function to put the buffer in Help |
7451b1458af1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22843
diff
changeset
|
634 mode. |
7451b1458af1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22843
diff
changeset
|
635 @end defvar |
7451b1458af1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22843
diff
changeset
|
636 |
22138
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
637 @defvar temp-buffer-show-hook |
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
638 This normal hook is run by @code{with-output-to-temp-buffer} after |
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
639 displaying the help buffer. When the hook runs, the help buffer is |
24951
7451b1458af1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22843
diff
changeset
|
640 current, and the window it was displayed in is selected. This hook is |
7451b1458af1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22843
diff
changeset
|
641 normally set up with a function to make the buffer read only, and find |
7451b1458af1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22843
diff
changeset
|
642 function names and variable names in it, provided the major mode is |
7451b1458af1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22843
diff
changeset
|
643 still Help mode. |
6598 | 644 @end defvar |
645 | |
646 @defun momentary-string-display string position &optional char message | |
647 This function momentarily displays @var{string} in the current buffer at | |
648 @var{position}. It has no effect on the undo list or on the buffer's | |
649 modification status. | |
650 | |
651 The momentary display remains until the next input event. If the next | |
652 input event is @var{char}, @code{momentary-string-display} ignores it | |
653 and returns. Otherwise, that event remains buffered for subsequent use | |
654 as input. Thus, typing @var{char} will simply remove the string from | |
655 the display, while typing (say) @kbd{C-f} will remove the string from | |
656 the display and later (presumably) move point forward. The argument | |
657 @var{char} is a space by default. | |
658 | |
659 The return value of @code{momentary-string-display} is not meaningful. | |
660 | |
12098 | 661 If the string @var{string} does not contain control characters, you can |
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
662 do the same job in a more general way by creating (and then subsequently |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
663 deleting) an overlay with a @code{before-string} property. |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
664 @xref{Overlay Properties}. |
12098 | 665 |
6598 | 666 If @var{message} is non-@code{nil}, it is displayed in the echo area |
667 while @var{string} is displayed in the buffer. If it is @code{nil}, a | |
668 default message says to type @var{char} to continue. | |
669 | |
670 In this example, point is initially located at the beginning of the | |
671 second line: | |
672 | |
673 @example | |
674 @group | |
675 ---------- Buffer: foo ---------- | |
676 This is the contents of foo. | |
677 @point{}Second line. | |
678 ---------- Buffer: foo ---------- | |
679 @end group | |
680 | |
681 @group | |
682 (momentary-string-display | |
683 "**** Important Message! ****" | |
684 (point) ?\r | |
685 "Type RET when done reading") | |
686 @result{} t | |
687 @end group | |
688 | |
689 @group | |
690 ---------- Buffer: foo ---------- | |
691 This is the contents of foo. | |
692 **** Important Message! ****Second line. | |
693 ---------- Buffer: foo ---------- | |
694 | |
695 ---------- Echo Area ---------- | |
696 Type RET when done reading | |
697 ---------- Echo Area ---------- | |
698 @end group | |
699 @end example | |
700 @end defun | |
701 | |
702 @node Overlays | |
703 @section Overlays | |
704 @cindex overlays | |
705 | |
706 You can use @dfn{overlays} to alter the appearance of a buffer's text on | |
12098 | 707 the screen, for the sake of presentation features. An overlay is an |
708 object that belongs to a particular buffer, and has a specified | |
709 beginning and end. It also has properties that you can examine and set; | |
710 these affect the display of the text within the overlay. | |
6598 | 711 |
712 @menu | |
713 * Overlay Properties:: How to read and set properties. | |
714 What properties do to the screen display. | |
715 * Managing Overlays:: Creating, moving, finding overlays. | |
716 @end menu | |
717 | |
718 @node Overlay Properties | |
719 @subsection Overlay Properties | |
720 | |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
721 Overlay properties are like text properties in that the properties that |
22138
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
722 alter how a character is displayed can come from either source. But in |
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
723 most respects they are different. Text properties are considered a part |
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
724 of the text; overlays are specifically considered not to be part of the |
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
725 text. Thus, copying text between various buffers and strings preserves |
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
726 text properties, but does not try to preserve overlays. Changing a |
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
727 buffer's text properties marks the buffer as modified, while moving an |
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
728 overlay or changing its properties does not. Unlike text property |
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
729 changes, overlay changes are not recorded in the buffer's undo list. |
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
730 @xref{Text Properties}, for comparison. |
6598 | 731 |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
732 These functions are used for reading and writing the properties of an |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
733 overlay: |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
734 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
735 @defun overlay-get overlay prop |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
736 This function returns the value of property @var{prop} recorded in |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
737 @var{overlay}, if any. If @var{overlay} does not record any value for |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
738 that property, but it does have a @code{category} property which is a |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
739 symbol, that symbol's @var{prop} property is used. Otherwise, the value |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
740 is @code{nil}. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
741 @end defun |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
742 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
743 @defun overlay-put overlay prop value |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
744 This function sets the value of property @var{prop} recorded in |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
745 @var{overlay} to @var{value}. It returns @var{value}. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
746 @end defun |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
747 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
748 See also the function @code{get-char-property} which checks both |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
749 overlay properties and text properties for a given character. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
750 @xref{Examining Properties}. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
751 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
752 Many overlay properties have special meanings; here is a table |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
753 of them: |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
754 |
6598 | 755 @table @code |
756 @item priority | |
757 @kindex priority @r{(overlay property)} | |
758 This property's value (which should be a nonnegative number) determines | |
759 the priority of the overlay. The priority matters when two or more | |
760 overlays cover the same character and both specify a face for display; | |
761 the one whose @code{priority} value is larger takes priority over the | |
762 other, and its face attributes override the face attributes of the lower | |
763 priority overlay. | |
764 | |
765 Currently, all overlays take priority over text properties. Please | |
766 avoid using negative priority values, as we have not yet decided just | |
767 what they should mean. | |
768 | |
769 @item window | |
770 @kindex window @r{(overlay property)} | |
771 If the @code{window} property is non-@code{nil}, then the overlay | |
772 applies only on that window. | |
773 | |
12067 | 774 @item category |
775 @kindex category @r{(overlay property)} | |
776 If an overlay has a @code{category} property, we call it the | |
12098 | 777 @dfn{category} of the overlay. It should be a symbol. The properties |
12067 | 778 of the symbol serve as defaults for the properties of the overlay. |
779 | |
6598 | 780 @item face |
781 @kindex face @r{(overlay property)} | |
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
782 This property controls the way text is displayed---for example, which |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
783 font and which colors. @xref{Faces}, for more information. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
784 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
785 In the simplest case, the value is a face name. It can also be a list; |
25875 | 786 then each element can be any of these possibilities: |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
787 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
788 @itemize @bullet |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
789 @item |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
790 A face name (a symbol or string). |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
791 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
792 @item |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
793 Starting in Emacs 21, a property list of face attributes. This has the |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
794 form (@var{keyword} @var{value} @dots{}), where each @var{keyword} is a |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
795 face attribute name and @var{value} is a meaningful value for that |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
796 attribute. With this feature, you do not need to create a face each |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
797 time you want to specify a particular attribute for certain text. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
798 @xref{Face Attributes}. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
799 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
800 @item |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
801 A cons cell of the form @code{(foreground-color . @var{color-name})} or |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
802 @code{(background-color . @var{color-name})}. These elements specify |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
803 just the foreground color or just the background color. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
804 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
805 @code{(foreground-color . @var{color-name})} is equivalent to |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
806 @code{(:foreground @var{color-name})}, and likewise for the background. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
807 @end itemize |
6598 | 808 |
809 @item mouse-face | |
810 @kindex mouse-face @r{(overlay property)} | |
811 This property is used instead of @code{face} when the mouse is within | |
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
812 the range of the overlay. |
6598 | 813 |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
814 @item display |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
815 @kindex display @r{(overlay property)} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
816 This property activates various features that change the |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
817 way text is displayed. For example, it can make text appear taller |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
818 or shorter, higher or lower, wider or narror, or replaced with an image. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
819 @xref{Display Property}. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
820 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
821 @item help-echo |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
822 @kindex help-echo @r{(text property)} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
823 If an overlay has a string as its @code{help-echo} property, then when |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
824 you move the mouse onto the text in the overlay, Emacs displays that |
25875 | 825 string in the echo area, or in the tooltip window. This feature is |
826 available starting in Emacs 21. | |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
827 |
6598 | 828 @item modification-hooks |
829 @kindex modification-hooks @r{(overlay property)} | |
830 This property's value is a list of functions to be called if any | |
831 character within the overlay is changed or if text is inserted strictly | |
12067 | 832 within the overlay. |
833 | |
834 The hook functions are called both before and after each change. | |
835 If the functions save the information they receive, and compare notes | |
836 between calls, they can determine exactly what change has been made | |
837 in the buffer text. | |
838 | |
839 When called before a change, each function receives four arguments: the | |
840 overlay, @code{nil}, and the beginning and end of the text range to be | |
7086
075343a6b32b
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6598
diff
changeset
|
841 modified. |
6598 | 842 |
12067 | 843 When called after a change, each function receives five arguments: the |
844 overlay, @code{t}, the beginning and end of the text range just | |
845 modified, and the length of the pre-change text replaced by that range. | |
846 (For an insertion, the pre-change length is zero; for a deletion, that | |
847 length is the number of characters deleted, and the post-change | |
12098 | 848 beginning and end are equal.) |
12067 | 849 |
6598 | 850 @item insert-in-front-hooks |
851 @kindex insert-in-front-hooks @r{(overlay property)} | |
12067 | 852 This property's value is a list of functions to be called before and |
853 after inserting text right at the beginning of the overlay. The calling | |
854 conventions are the same as for the @code{modification-hooks} functions. | |
6598 | 855 |
856 @item insert-behind-hooks | |
857 @kindex insert-behind-hooks @r{(overlay property)} | |
12067 | 858 This property's value is a list of functions to be called before and |
859 after inserting text right at the end of the overlay. The calling | |
860 conventions are the same as for the @code{modification-hooks} functions. | |
6598 | 861 |
862 @item invisible | |
863 @kindex invisible @r{(overlay property)} | |
12067 | 864 The @code{invisible} property can make the text in the overlay |
865 invisible, which means that it does not appear on the screen. | |
866 @xref{Invisible Text}, for details. | |
867 | |
868 @item intangible | |
869 @kindex intangible @r{(overlay property)} | |
870 The @code{intangible} property on an overlay works just like the | |
12098 | 871 @code{intangible} text property. @xref{Special Properties}, for details. |
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
872 |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
873 @item isearch-open-invisible |
22138
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
874 This property tells incremental search how to make an invisible overlay |
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
875 visible, permanently, if the final match overlaps it. @xref{Invisible |
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
876 Text}. |
6598 | 877 |
22138
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
878 @item isearch-open-invisible-temporary |
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
879 This property tells incremental search how to make an invisible overlay |
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
880 visible, temporarily, during the search. @xref{Invisible Text}. |
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
881 |
6598 | 882 @item before-string |
883 @kindex before-string @r{(overlay property)} | |
884 This property's value is a string to add to the display at the beginning | |
885 of the overlay. The string does not appear in the buffer in any | |
25875 | 886 sense---only on the screen. |
6598 | 887 |
888 @item after-string | |
889 @kindex after-string @r{(overlay property)} | |
890 This property's value is a string to add to the display at the end of | |
891 the overlay. The string does not appear in the buffer in any | |
25875 | 892 sense---only on the screen. |
12067 | 893 |
894 @item evaporate | |
895 @kindex evaporate @r{(overlay property)} | |
896 If this property is non-@code{nil}, the overlay is deleted automatically | |
897 if it ever becomes empty (i.e., if it spans no characters). | |
16123
ec5f48fe0320
Mention local-value property on an overlay.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15761
diff
changeset
|
898 |
ec5f48fe0320
Mention local-value property on an overlay.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15761
diff
changeset
|
899 @item local-map |
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
900 @cindex keymap of character (and overlays) |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
901 @kindex local-map @r{(overlay property)} |
16123
ec5f48fe0320
Mention local-value property on an overlay.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15761
diff
changeset
|
902 If this property is non-@code{nil}, it specifies a keymap for a portion |
ec5f48fe0320
Mention local-value property on an overlay.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15761
diff
changeset
|
903 of the text. The property's value replaces the buffer's local map, when |
ec5f48fe0320
Mention local-value property on an overlay.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15761
diff
changeset
|
904 the character after point is within the overlay. @xref{Active Keymaps}. |
6598 | 905 @end table |
906 | |
907 @node Managing Overlays | |
908 @subsection Managing Overlays | |
909 | |
910 This section describes the functions to create, delete and move | |
911 overlays, and to examine their contents. | |
912 | |
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
913 @defun make-overlay start end &optional buffer front-advance rear-advance |
9009 | 914 This function creates and returns an overlay that belongs to |
6598 | 915 @var{buffer} and ranges from @var{start} to @var{end}. Both @var{start} |
916 and @var{end} must specify buffer positions; they may be integers or | |
917 markers. If @var{buffer} is omitted, the overlay is created in the | |
918 current buffer. | |
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
919 |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
920 The arguments @var{front-advance} and @var{rear-advance} specify the |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
921 insertion type for the start of the overlay and for the end of the |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
922 overlay. @xref{Marker Insertion Types}. |
6598 | 923 @end defun |
924 | |
925 @defun overlay-start overlay | |
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
926 This function returns the position at which @var{overlay} starts, |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
927 as an integer. |
6598 | 928 @end defun |
929 | |
930 @defun overlay-end overlay | |
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
931 This function returns the position at which @var{overlay} ends, |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
932 as an integer. |
6598 | 933 @end defun |
934 | |
935 @defun overlay-buffer overlay | |
936 This function returns the buffer that @var{overlay} belongs to. | |
937 @end defun | |
938 | |
939 @defun delete-overlay overlay | |
940 This function deletes @var{overlay}. The overlay continues to exist as | |
22138
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
941 a Lisp object, but ceases to be attached to the buffer it belonged to, |
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
942 and ceases to have any effect on display. |
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
943 |
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
944 A deleted overlay is not permanently useless. You can give it |
25875 | 945 a position in a buffer again by calling @code{move-overlay}. |
6598 | 946 @end defun |
947 | |
948 @defun move-overlay overlay start end &optional buffer | |
949 This function moves @var{overlay} to @var{buffer}, and places its bounds | |
950 at @var{start} and @var{end}. Both arguments @var{start} and @var{end} | |
951 must specify buffer positions; they may be integers or markers. If | |
25875 | 952 @var{buffer} is omitted, @var{overlay} stays in the same buffer; |
953 if @var{overlay} was deleted, it goes into the current buffer. | |
6598 | 954 |
955 The return value is @var{overlay}. | |
956 | |
957 This is the only valid way to change the endpoints of an overlay. Do | |
958 not try modifying the markers in the overlay by hand, as that fails to | |
959 update other vital data structures and can cause some overlays to be | |
960 ``lost''. | |
961 @end defun | |
962 | |
963 @defun overlays-at pos | |
964 This function returns a list of all the overlays that contain position | |
965 @var{pos} in the current buffer. The list is in no particular order. | |
966 An overlay contains position @var{pos} if it begins at or before | |
967 @var{pos}, and ends after @var{pos}. | |
968 @end defun | |
969 | |
22138
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
970 @defun overlays-in beg end |
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
971 @tindex overlays-in |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
972 This function returns a list of the overlays that overlap the region |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
973 @var{beg} through @var{end}. ``Overlap'' means that at least one |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
974 character is contained within the overlay and also contained within the |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
975 specified region; however, empty overlays are included in the result if |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
976 they are located at @var{beg} or between @var{beg} and @var{end}. |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
977 @end defun |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
978 |
6598 | 979 @defun next-overlay-change pos |
980 This function returns the buffer position of the next beginning or end | |
981 of an overlay, after @var{pos}. | |
982 @end defun | |
983 | |
12067 | 984 @defun previous-overlay-change pos |
985 This function returns the buffer position of the previous beginning or | |
986 end of an overlay, before @var{pos}. | |
987 @end defun | |
988 | |
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
989 @node Width |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
990 @section Width |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
991 |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
992 Since not all characters have the same width, these functions let you |
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
993 check the width of a character. @xref{Primitive Indent}, and |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
994 @ref{Screen Lines}, for related functions. |
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
995 |
22138
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
996 @defun char-width char |
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
997 @tindex char-width |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
998 This function returns the width in columns of the character @var{char}, |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
999 if it were displayed in the current buffer and the selected window. |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
1000 @end defun |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
1001 |
22138
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
1002 @defun string-width string |
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
1003 @tindex string-width |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
1004 This function returns the width in columns of the string @var{string}, |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
1005 if it were displayed in the current buffer and the selected window. |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
1006 @end defun |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
1007 |
22138
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
1008 @defun truncate-string-to-width string width &optional start-column padding |
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
1009 @tindex truncate-string-to-width |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
1010 This function returns the part of @var{string} that fits within |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
1011 @var{width} columns, as a new string. |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
1012 |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
1013 If @var{string} does not reach @var{width}, then the result ends where |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
1014 @var{string} ends. If one multi-column character in @var{string} |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
1015 extends across the column @var{width}, that character is not included in |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
1016 the result. Thus, the result can fall short of @var{width} but cannot |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
1017 go beyond it. |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
1018 |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
1019 The optional argument @var{start-column} specifies the starting column. |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
1020 If this is non-@code{nil}, then the first @var{start-column} columns of |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
1021 the string are omitted from the value. If one multi-column character in |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
1022 @var{string} extends across the column @var{start-column}, that |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
1023 character is not included. |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
1024 |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
1025 The optional argument @var{padding}, if non-@code{nil}, is a padding |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
1026 character added at the beginning and end of the result string, to extend |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
1027 it to exactly @var{width} columns. The padding character is used at the |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
1028 end of the result if it falls short of @var{width}. It is also used at |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
1029 the beginning of the result if one multi-column character in |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
1030 @var{string} extends across the column @var{start-column}. |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
1031 |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
1032 @example |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
1033 (truncate-string-to-width "\tab\t" 12 4) |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
1034 @result{} "ab" |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
1035 (truncate-string-to-width "\tab\t" 12 4 ?\ ) |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
1036 @result{} " ab " |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
1037 @end example |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
1038 @end defun |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
1039 |
6598 | 1040 @node Faces |
1041 @section Faces | |
1042 @cindex face | |
1043 | |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1044 A @dfn{face} is a named collection of graphical attributes: font |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1045 family, foreground color, background color, optional underlining, and |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1046 many others. Faces are used in Emacs to control the style of display of |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1047 particular parts of the text or the frame. |
6598 | 1048 |
1049 @cindex face id | |
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1050 Each face has its own @dfn{face number}, which distinguishes faces at |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1051 low levels within Emacs. However, for most purposes, you refer to |
6598 | 1052 faces in Lisp programs by their names. |
1053 | |
12067 | 1054 @defun facep object |
1055 This function returns @code{t} if @var{object} is a face name symbol (or | |
1056 if it is a vector of the kind used internally to record face data). It | |
1057 returns @code{nil} otherwise. | |
1058 @end defun | |
1059 | |
6598 | 1060 Each face name is meaningful for all frames, and by default it has the |
1061 same meaning in all frames. But you can arrange to give a particular | |
1062 face name a special meaning in one frame if you wish. | |
1063 | |
1064 @menu | |
1065 * Standard Faces:: The faces Emacs normally comes with. | |
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1066 * Defining Faces:: How to define a face with @code{defface}. |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1067 * Face Attributes:: What is in a face? |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1068 * Attribute Functions:: Functions to examine and set face attributes. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1069 * Merging Faces:: How Emacs combines the faces specified for a character. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1070 * Font Selection:: Finding the best available font for a face. |
6598 | 1071 * Face Functions:: How to define and examine faces. |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1072 * Auto Faces:: Hook for automatic face assignment. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1073 * Font Lookup:: Looking up the names of available fonts |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1074 and information about them. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1075 * Fontsets:: A fontset is a collection of fonts |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1076 that handle a range of character sets. |
6598 | 1077 @end menu |
1078 | |
1079 @node Standard Faces | |
1080 @subsection Standard Faces | |
1081 | |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1082 This table lists all the standard faces and their uses. Most of them |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1083 are used for displaying certain parts of the frames or certain kinds of |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1084 text; you can control how those places look by customizing these faces. |
6598 | 1085 |
1086 @table @code | |
1087 @item default | |
1088 @kindex default @r{(face name)} | |
1089 This face is used for ordinary text. | |
1090 | |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1091 @item mode-line |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1092 @kindex mode-line @r{(face name)} |
25875 | 1093 This face is used for mode lines, and for menu bars when toolkit menus |
1094 are not used---but only if @code{mode-line-inverse-video} is | |
1095 non-@code{nil}. | |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1096 |
6598 | 1097 @item modeline |
1098 @kindex modeline @r{(face name)} | |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1099 This is an alias for the @code{mode-line} face, for compatibility with |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1100 old Emacs versions. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1101 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1102 @item header-line |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1103 @kindex header-line @r{(face name)} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1104 This face is used for the header lines of windows that have them. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1105 |
25875 | 1106 @item menu |
1107 This face controls the display of menus, both their colors and their | |
1108 font. (This works only on certain systems.) | |
1109 | |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1110 @item fringe |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1111 @kindex fringe @r{(face name)} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1112 This face controls the colors of window fringes, the thin areas on |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1113 either side that are used to display continuation and truncation glyphs. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1114 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1115 @item scroll-bar |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1116 @kindex scroll-bar @r{(face name)} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1117 This face controls the colors for display of scroll bars. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1118 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1119 @item tool-bar |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1120 @kindex tool-bar @r{(face name)} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1121 This face is used for display of the tool bar, if any. |
6598 | 1122 |
1123 @item region | |
1124 @kindex region @r{(face name)} | |
1125 This face is used for highlighting the region in Transient Mark mode. | |
1126 | |
1127 @item secondary-selection | |
1128 @kindex secondary-selection @r{(face name)} | |
1129 This face is used to show any secondary selection you have made. | |
1130 | |
1131 @item highlight | |
1132 @kindex highlight @r{(face name)} | |
1133 This face is meant to be used for highlighting for various purposes. | |
1134 | |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1135 @item trailing-whitespace |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1136 @kindex trailing-whitespace @r{(face name)} |
25875 | 1137 This face is used to display excess whitespace at the end of a line, |
1138 if @code{show-trailing-whitespace} is non-@code{nil}. | |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1139 @end table |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1140 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1141 In contrast, these faces are provided to change the appearance of text |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1142 in specific ways. You can use them on specific text, when you want |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1143 the effects they produce. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1144 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1145 @table @code |
6598 | 1146 @item bold |
1147 @kindex bold @r{(face name)} | |
1148 This face uses a bold font, if possible. It uses the bold variant of | |
1149 the frame's font, if it has one. It's up to you to choose a default | |
1150 font that has a bold variant, if you want to use one. | |
1151 | |
1152 @item italic | |
1153 @kindex italic @r{(face name)} | |
1154 This face uses the italic variant of the frame's font, if it has one. | |
1155 | |
1156 @item bold-italic | |
1157 @kindex bold-italic @r{(face name)} | |
1158 This face uses the bold italic variant of the frame's font, if it has | |
1159 one. | |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1160 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1161 @item underline |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1162 @kindex underline @r{(face name)} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1163 This face underlines text. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1164 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1165 @item fixed-patch |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1166 @kindex fixed-patch @r{(face name)} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1167 This face forces use of a particular fixed-width font. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1168 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1169 @item variable-patch |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1170 @kindex variable-patch @r{(face name)} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1171 This face forces use of a particular variable-width font. It's |
25875 | 1172 reasonable to customize this to use a different variable-width font, if |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1173 you like, but you should not make it a fixed-width font. |
6598 | 1174 @end table |
1175 | |
25875 | 1176 @defvar show-trailing-whitespace |
1177 @tindex show-trailing-whitespace | |
1178 If this variable is non-@code{nil}, Emacs uses the | |
1179 @code{trailing-whitespace} face to display any spaces and tabs at the | |
1180 end of a line. | |
1181 @end defvar | |
1182 | |
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1183 @node Defining Faces |
22138
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
1184 @subsection Defining Faces |
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1185 |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1186 The way to define a new face is with @code{defface}. This creates a |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1187 kind of customization item (@pxref{Customization}) which the user can |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1188 customize using the Customization buffer (@pxref{Easy Customization,,, |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1189 emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}). |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1190 |
22138
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
1191 @defmac defface face spec doc [keyword value]... |
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1192 @tindex defface |
25875 | 1193 This declares @var{face} as a customizable face that defaults according |
1194 to @var{spec}. You should not quote the symbol @var{face}. The | |
1195 argument @var{doc} specifies the face documentation. The keywords you | |
1196 can use in @code{defface} are the same ones that are meaningful in both | |
1197 @code{defgroup} and @code{defcustom} (@pxref{Common Keywords}). | |
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1198 |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1199 When @code{defface} executes, it defines the face according to |
22138
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
1200 @var{spec}, then uses any customizations that were read from the |
25875 | 1201 init file (@pxref{Init File}) to override that specification. |
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1202 |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1203 The purpose of @var{spec} is to specify how the face should appear on |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1204 different kinds of terminals. It should be an alist whose elements have |
25875 | 1205 the form @code{(@var{display} @var{atts})}. Each element's @sc{car}, |
1206 @var{display}, specifies a class of terminals. The element's second element, | |
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1207 @var{atts}, is a list of face attributes and their values; it specifies |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1208 what the face should look like on that kind of terminal. The possible |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1209 attributes are defined in the value of @code{custom-face-attributes}. |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1210 |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1211 The @var{display} part of an element of @var{spec} determines which |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1212 frames the element applies to. If more than one element of @var{spec} |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1213 matches a given frame, the first matching element is the only one used |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1214 for that frame. There are two possibilities for @var{display}: |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1215 |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1216 @table @asis |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1217 @item @code{t} |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1218 This element of @var{spec} matches all frames. Therefore, any |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1219 subsequent elements of @var{spec} are never used. Normally |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1220 @code{t} is used in the last (or only) element of @var{spec}. |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1221 |
22138
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
1222 @item a list |
22252
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
1223 If @var{display} is a list, each element should have the form |
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1224 @code{(@var{characteristic} @var{value}@dots{})}. Here |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1225 @var{characteristic} specifies a way of classifying frames, and the |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1226 @var{value}s are possible classifications which @var{display} should |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1227 apply to. Here are the possible values of @var{characteristic}: |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1228 |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1229 @table @code |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1230 @item type |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1231 The kind of window system the frame uses---either @code{x}, @code{pc} |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1232 (for the MS-DOS console), @code{w32} (for MS Windows 9X/NT), or |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1233 @code{tty}. |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1234 |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1235 @item class |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1236 What kinds of colors the frame supports---either @code{color}, |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1237 @code{grayscale}, or @code{mono}. |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1238 |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1239 @item background |
22252
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
1240 The kind of background---either @code{light} or @code{dark}. |
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1241 @end table |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1242 |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1243 If an element of @var{display} specifies more than one @var{value} for a |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1244 given @var{characteristic}, any of those values is acceptable. If |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1245 @var{display} has more than one element, each element should specify a |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1246 different @var{characteristic}; then @emph{each} characteristic of the |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1247 frame must match one of the @var{value}s specified for it in |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1248 @var{display}. |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1249 @end table |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1250 @end defmac |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1251 |
25875 | 1252 Here's how the standard face @code{region} is defined: |
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1253 |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1254 @example |
25875 | 1255 @group |
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1256 (defface region |
25875 | 1257 `((((type tty) (class color)) |
1258 (:background "blue" :foreground "white")) | |
1259 @end group | |
1260 (((type tty) (class mono)) | |
1261 (:inverse-video t)) | |
1262 (((class color) (background dark)) | |
1263 (:background "blue")) | |
1264 (((class color) (background light)) | |
1265 (:background "lightblue")) | |
1266 (t (:background "gray"))) | |
1267 @group | |
1268 "Basic face for highlighting the region." | |
1269 :group 'basic-faces) | |
1270 @end group | |
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1271 @end example |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1272 |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1273 Internally, @code{defface} uses the symbol property |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1274 @code{face-defface-spec} to record the face attributes specified in |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1275 @code{defface}, @code{saved-face} for the attributes saved by the user |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1276 with the customization buffer, and @code{face-documentation} for the |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1277 documentation string. |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1278 |
22252
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
1279 @tindex frame-background-mode |
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
1280 @defopt frame-background-mode |
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
1281 This option, if non-@code{nil}, specifies the background type to use for |
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
1282 interpreting face definitions. If it is @code{dark}, then Emacs treats |
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
1283 all frames as if they had a dark background, regardless of their actual |
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
1284 background colors. If it is @code{light}, then Emacs treats all frames |
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
1285 as if they had a light background. |
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
1286 @end defopt |
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
1287 |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1288 @node Face Attributes |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1289 @subsection Face Attributes |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1290 @cindex face attributes |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1291 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1292 The effect of using a face is determined by a fixed set of @dfn{face |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1293 attributes}. This table lists all the face attributes, and what they |
25875 | 1294 mean. Note that in general, more than one face can be specified for a |
1295 given piece of text; when that happens, the attributes of all the faces | |
1296 are merged to specify how to display the text. @xref{Merging Faces}. | |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1297 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1298 In Emacs 21, any attribute in a face can have the value |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1299 @code{unspecified}. This means the face doesn't specify that attribute. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1300 In face merging, when the first face fails to specify a particular |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1301 attribute, that means the next face gets a chance. However, the |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1302 @code{default} face must specify all attributes. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1303 |
25875 | 1304 Some of these font attributes are meaningful only on certain kinds of |
1305 displays---if your display cannot handle a certain attribute, the | |
1306 attribute is ignored. (The attributes @code{:family}, @code{:width}, | |
1307 @code{:height}, @code{:weight}, and @code{:slant} correspond to parts of | |
1308 an X Logical Font Descriptor.) | |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1309 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1310 @table @code |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1311 @item :family |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1312 Font family name, or fontset name (@pxref{Fontsets}). If you specify a |
25875 | 1313 font family name, the wild-card characters @samp{*} and @samp{?} are |
1314 allowed. | |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1315 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1316 @item :width |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1317 Relative proportionate width, also known as the character set width or |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1318 set width. This should be one of the symbols @code{ultra-condensed}, |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1319 @code{extra-condensed}, @code{condensed}, @code{semi-condensed}, |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1320 @code{normal}, @code{semi-expanded}, @code{expanded}, |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1321 @code{extra-expanded}, or @code{ultra-expanded}. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1322 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1323 @item :height |
25875 | 1324 Font height, an integer in units of 1/10 point. |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1325 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1326 @item :weight |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1327 Font weight---a symbol from this series (from most dense to most faint): |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1328 @code{ultra-bold}, @code{extra-bold}, @code{bold}, @code{semi-bold}, |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1329 @code{normal}, @code{semi-light}, @code{light}, @code{extra-light}, |
25875 | 1330 or @code{ultra-light}. |
25809
89230444d638
patched by pjr from diff by rms
Phillip Rulon <pjr@gnu.org>
parents:
25751
diff
changeset
|
1331 |
89230444d638
patched by pjr from diff by rms
Phillip Rulon <pjr@gnu.org>
parents:
25751
diff
changeset
|
1332 On a text-only terminal, any weight greater than normal is displayed as |
89230444d638
patched by pjr from diff by rms
Phillip Rulon <pjr@gnu.org>
parents:
25751
diff
changeset
|
1333 extra bright, and any weight less than normal is displayed as |
89230444d638
patched by pjr from diff by rms
Phillip Rulon <pjr@gnu.org>
parents:
25751
diff
changeset
|
1334 half-bright (This is provided the terminal supports the feature.) |
89230444d638
patched by pjr from diff by rms
Phillip Rulon <pjr@gnu.org>
parents:
25751
diff
changeset
|
1335 |
25875 | 1336 On a text-only terminal, any weight greater than normal is displayed as |
1337 extra bright, and any weight less than normal is displayed as | |
1338 half-bright (provided the terminal supports the feature). | |
1339 | |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1340 @item :slant |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1341 Font slant---one of the symbols @code{italic}, @code{oblique}, @code{normal}, |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1342 @code{reverse-italic}, or @code{reverse-oblique}. |
25809
89230444d638
patched by pjr from diff by rms
Phillip Rulon <pjr@gnu.org>
parents:
25751
diff
changeset
|
1343 |
89230444d638
patched by pjr from diff by rms
Phillip Rulon <pjr@gnu.org>
parents:
25751
diff
changeset
|
1344 On a text-only terminal, slanted text is displayed as half-bright, if |
89230444d638
patched by pjr from diff by rms
Phillip Rulon <pjr@gnu.org>
parents:
25751
diff
changeset
|
1345 the terminal supports the feature. |
89230444d638
patched by pjr from diff by rms
Phillip Rulon <pjr@gnu.org>
parents:
25751
diff
changeset
|
1346 |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1347 @item :foreground |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1348 Foreground color, a string. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1349 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1350 @item :background |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1351 Background color, a string. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1352 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1353 @item :inverse-video |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1354 Whether or not characters should be displayed in inverse video. The |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1355 value should be @code{t} (yes) or @code{nil} (no). |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1356 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1357 @item :stipple |
25875 | 1358 The background stipple, a bitmap. |
1359 | |
1360 The value can be a string; that should be the name of a file containing | |
1361 external-format X bitmap data. The file is found in the directories | |
1362 listed in the variable @code{x-bitmap-file-path}. | |
1363 | |
1364 Alternatively, the value can specify the bitmap directly, with a list of | |
1365 the form @code{(@var{width} @var{height} @var{data})}. Here, | |
1366 @var{width} and @var{height} specify the size in pixels, and @var{data} | |
1367 is a string containing the raw bits of the bitmap, row by row. Each row | |
1368 occupies @math{(@var{width} + 7) / 8} consecutie bytes in the string | |
1369 (which should be a unibyte string for best results). | |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1370 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1371 If the value is @code{nil}, that means use no stipple pattern. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1372 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1373 Normally you do not need to set the stipple attribute, because it is |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1374 used automatically to handle certain shades of gray. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1375 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1376 @item :underline |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1377 Whether or not characters should be underlined, and in what color. If |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1378 the value is @code{t}, underlining uses the foreground color of the |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1379 face. If the value is a string, underlining uses that color. The |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1380 value @code{nil} means do not underline. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1381 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1382 @item :overline |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1383 Whether or not characters should be overlined, and in what color. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1384 The value is used like that of @code{:underline}. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1385 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1386 @item :strike-through |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1387 Whether or not characters should be strike-through, and in what |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1388 color. The value is used like that of @code{:underline}. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1389 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1390 @item :box |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1391 Whether or not a box should be drawn around characters, its color, the |
25875 | 1392 width of the box lines, and 3D appearance. |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1393 @end table |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1394 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1395 Here are the possible values of the @code{:box} attribute, and what |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1396 they mean: |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1397 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1398 @table @asis |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1399 @item @code{nil} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1400 Don't draw a box. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1401 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1402 @item @code{t} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1403 Draw a box with lines of width 1, in the foreground color. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1404 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1405 @item @var{color} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1406 Draw a box with lines of width 1, in color @var{color}. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1407 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1408 @item @code{(:line-width @var{width} :color @var{color} :style @var{style})} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1409 This way you can explicitly specify all aspects of the box. The value |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1410 @var{width} specifies the width of the lines to draw; it defaults to 1. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1411 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1412 The value @var{color} specifies the color to draw with. The default is |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1413 the foreground color of the face for simple boxes, and the background |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1414 color of the face for 3D boxes. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1415 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1416 The value @var{style} specifies whether to draw a 3D box. If it is |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1417 @code{released-button}, the box looks like a 3D button that is not being |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1418 pressed. If it is @code{pressed-button}, the box looks like a 3D button |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1419 that is being pressed. If it is @code{nil} or omitted, a plain 2D box |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1420 is used. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1421 @end table |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1422 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1423 The attributes @code{:overline}, @code{:strike-through} and |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1424 @code{:box} are new in Emacs 21. The attributes @code{:family}, |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1425 @code{:height}, @code{:width}, @code{:weight}, @code{:slant} are also |
25875 | 1426 new; previous versions used the following attributes, now semi-obsolete, |
1427 to specify some of the same information: | |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1428 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1429 @table @code |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1430 @item :font |
25875 | 1431 This attribute specifies the font name. |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1432 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1433 @item :bold |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1434 A non-@code{nil} value specifies a bold font. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1435 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1436 @item :italic |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1437 A non-@code{nil} value specifies an italic font. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1438 @end table |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1439 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1440 For compatibility, you can still set these ``attributes'' in Emacs 21, |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1441 even though they are not real face attributes. Here is what that does: |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1442 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1443 @table @code |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1444 @item :font |
25875 | 1445 You can specify an X font name as the ``value'' of this ``attribute''; |
1446 that sets the @code{:family}, @code{:width}, @code{:height}, | |
1447 @code{:weight}, and @code{:slant} attributes according to the font name. | |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1448 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1449 If the value is a pattern with wildcards, the first font that matches |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1450 the pattern is used to set these attributes. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1451 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1452 @item :bold |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1453 A non-@code{nil} makes the face bold; @code{nil} makes it normal. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1454 This actually works by setting the @code{:weight} attribute. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1455 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1456 @item :italic |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1457 A non-@code{nil} makes the face italic; @code{nil} makes it normal. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1458 This actually works by setting the @code{:slant} attribute. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1459 @end table |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1460 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1461 @defvar x-bitmap-file-path |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1462 This variable specifies a list of directories for searching |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1463 for bitmap files, for the @code{:stipple} attribute. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1464 @end defvar |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1465 |
25911
b192e4e3a9f5
Rename pixmap-spec-p to bitmap-spec-p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25875
diff
changeset
|
1466 @defun bitmap-spec-p object |
25875 | 1467 This returns @code{t} if @var{object} is a valid bitmap |
1468 specification, suitable for use with @code{:stipple}. | |
1469 It returns @code{nil} otherwise. | |
1470 @end defun | |
1471 | |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1472 @node Attribute Functions |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1473 @subsection Face Attribute Functions |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1474 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1475 You can modify the attributes of an existing face with the following |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1476 functions. If you specify @var{frame}, they affect just that frame; |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1477 otherwise, they affect all frames as well as the defaults that apply to |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1478 new frames. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1479 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1480 @tindex set-face-attribute |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1481 @defun set-face-attribute face frame &rest arguments |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1482 This function sets one or more attributes of face @var{face} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1483 for frame @var{frame}. If @var{frame} is @code{nil}, it sets |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1484 the attribute for all frames, and the defaults for new frames. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1485 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1486 The extra arguments @var{arguments} specify the attributes to set, and |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1487 the values for them. They should consist of alternating attribute names |
25875 | 1488 (such as @code{:family} or @code{:underline}) and corresponding values. |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1489 Thus, |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1490 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1491 @example |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1492 (set-face-attribute 'foo nil |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1493 :width :extended |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1494 :weight :bold |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1495 :underline "red") |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1496 @end example |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1497 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1498 @noindent |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1499 sets the attributes @code{:width}, @code{:weight} and @code{:underline} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1500 to the corresponding values. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1501 @end defun |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1502 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1503 @tindex face-attribute |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1504 @defun face-attribute face attribute &optional frame |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1505 This returns the value of the @var{attribute} attribute of face |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1506 @var{face} on @var{frame}. If @var{frame} is @code{nil}, |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1507 that means the selected frame. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1508 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1509 If @var{frame} is @code{t}, the value is the default for |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1510 @var{face} for new frames. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1511 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1512 For example, |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1513 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1514 @example |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1515 (face-attribute 'bold :weight) |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1516 @result{} bold |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1517 @end example |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1518 @end defun |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1519 |
25875 | 1520 The functions above did not exist before Emacs 21. For compatibility |
1521 with older Emacs versions, you can use the following functions to set | |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1522 and examine the face attributes which existed in those versions. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1523 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1524 @defun set-face-foreground face color &optional frame |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1525 @defunx set-face-background face color &optional frame |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1526 These functions set the foreground (or background, respectively) color |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1527 of face @var{face} to @var{color}. The argument @var{color} should be a |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1528 string, the name of a color. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1529 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1530 Certain shades of gray are implemented by stipple patterns on |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1531 black-and-white screens. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1532 @end defun |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1533 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1534 @defun set-face-stipple face pattern &optional frame |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1535 This function sets the background stipple pattern of face @var{face} to |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1536 @var{pattern}. The argument @var{pattern} should be the name of a |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1537 stipple pattern defined by the X server, or @code{nil} meaning don't use |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1538 stipple. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1539 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1540 Normally there is no need to pay attention to stipple patterns, because |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1541 they are used automatically to handle certain shades of gray. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1542 @end defun |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1543 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1544 @defun set-face-font face font &optional frame |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1545 This function sets the font of face @var{face}. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1546 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1547 In Emacs 21, this actually sets the attributes @code{:family}, |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1548 @code{:width}, @code{:height}, @code{:weight}, and @code{:slant} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1549 according to the font name @var{font}. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1550 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1551 In Emacs 20, this sets the font attribute. Once you set the font |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1552 explicitly, the bold and italic attributes cease to have any effect, |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1553 because the precise font that you specified is used. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1554 @end defun |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1555 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1556 @defun set-face-bold-p face bold-p &optional frame |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1557 @tindex set-face-bold-p |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1558 This function specifies whether @var{face} should be bold. If |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1559 @var{bold-p} is non-@code{nil}, that means yes; @code{nil} means no. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1560 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1561 In Emacs 21, this sets the @code{:weight} attribute. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1562 In Emacs 20, it sets the @code{:bold} attribute. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1563 @end defun |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1564 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1565 @defun set-face-italic-p face italic-p &optional frame |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1566 @tindex set-face-italic-p |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1567 This function specifies whether @var{face} should be italic. If |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1568 @var{italic-p} is non-@code{nil}, that means yes; @code{nil} means no. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1569 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1570 In Emacs 21, this sets the @code{:slant} attribute. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1571 In Emacs 20, it sets the @code{:italic} attribute. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1572 @end defun |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1573 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1574 @defun set-face-underline-p face underline-p &optional frame |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1575 This function sets the underline attribute of face @var{face}. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1576 Non-@code{nil} means do underline; @code{nil} means don't. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1577 @end defun |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1578 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1579 @defun invert-face face &optional frame |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1580 This function inverts the @code{:inverse-video} attribute of face |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1581 @var{face}. If the attribute is @code{nil}, this function sets it to |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1582 @code{t}, and vice versa. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1583 @end defun |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1584 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1585 These functions examine the attributes of a face. If you don't |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1586 specify @var{frame}, they refer to the default data for new frames. |
25875 | 1587 They return the symbol @code{unspecified} if the face doesn't define any |
1588 value for that attribute. | |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1589 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1590 @defun face-foreground face &optional frame |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1591 @defunx face-background face &optional frame |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1592 These functions return the foreground color (or background color, |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1593 respectively) of face @var{face}, as a string. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1594 @end defun |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1595 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1596 @defun face-stipple face &optional frame |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1597 This function returns the name of the background stipple pattern of face |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1598 @var{face}, or @code{nil} if it doesn't have one. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1599 @end defun |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1600 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1601 @defun face-font face &optional frame |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1602 This function returns the name of the font of face @var{face}. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1603 @end defun |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1604 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1605 @defun face-bold-p face &optional frame |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1606 @tindex face-bold-p |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1607 This function returns @code{t} if @var{face} is bold---that is, if it is |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1608 bolder than normal. It returns @code{nil} otherwise. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1609 @end defun |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1610 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1611 @defun face-italic-p face &optional frame |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1612 @tindex face-italic-p |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1613 This function returns @code{t} if @var{face} is italic or oblique, |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1614 @code{nil} otherwise. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1615 @end defun |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1616 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1617 @defun face-underline-p face &optional frame |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1618 This function returns the @code{:underline} attribute of face @var{face}. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1619 @end defun |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1620 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1621 @defun face-inverse-video-p face &optional frame |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1622 This function returns the @code{:inverse-video} attribute of face @var{face}. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1623 @end defun |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1624 |
6598 | 1625 @node Merging Faces |
1626 @subsection Merging Faces for Display | |
1627 | |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1628 Here are the ways to specify which faces to use for display of text: |
6598 | 1629 |
1630 @itemize @bullet | |
1631 @item | |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1632 With defaults. The @code{default} face is used as the ultimate |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1633 default for all text. (In Emacs 19 and 20, the @code{default} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1634 face is used only when no other face is specified.) |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1635 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1636 For a mode line or header line, the face @code{modeline} or |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1637 @code{header-line} is used just before @code{default}. |
6598 | 1638 |
1639 @item | |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1640 With text properties. A character can have a @code{face} property; if |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1641 so, the faces and face attributes specified there apply. @xref{Special |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1642 Properties}. |
6598 | 1643 |
1644 If the character has a @code{mouse-face} property, that is used instead | |
1645 of the @code{face} property when the mouse is ``near enough'' to the | |
1646 character. | |
1647 | |
1648 @item | |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1649 With overlays. An overlay can have @code{face} and @code{mouse-face} |
6598 | 1650 properties too; they apply to all the text covered by the overlay. |
1651 | |
1652 @item | |
12098 | 1653 With a region that is active. In Transient Mark mode, the region is |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1654 highlighted with the face @code{region} (@pxref{Standard Faces}). |
12098 | 1655 |
1656 @item | |
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1657 With special glyphs. Each glyph can specify a particular face |
6598 | 1658 number. @xref{Glyphs}. |
1659 @end itemize | |
1660 | |
1661 If these various sources together specify more than one face for a | |
1662 particular character, Emacs merges the attributes of the various faces | |
1663 specified. The attributes of the faces of special glyphs come first; | |
12098 | 1664 then comes the face for region highlighting, if appropriate; |
6598 | 1665 then come attributes of faces from overlays, followed by those from text |
1666 properties, and last the default face. | |
1667 | |
1668 When multiple overlays cover one character, an overlay with higher | |
1669 priority overrides those with lower priority. @xref{Overlays}. | |
1670 | |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1671 In Emacs 20, if an attribute such as the font or a color is not |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1672 specified in any of the above ways, the frame's own font or color is |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1673 used. In newer Emacs versions, this cannot happen, because the |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1674 @code{default} face specifies all attributes---in fact, the frame's own |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1675 font and colors are synonymous with those of the default face. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1676 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1677 @node Font Selection |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1678 @subsection Font Selection |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1679 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1680 @dfn{Selecting a font} means mapping the specified face attributes for |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1681 a character to a font that is available on a particular display. The |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1682 face attributes, as determined by face merging, specify most of the |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1683 font choice, but not all. Part of the choice depends on what character |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1684 it is. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1685 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1686 For multibyte characters, typically each font covers only one |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1687 character set. So each character set (@pxref{Character Sets}) specifies |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1688 a registry and encoding to use, with the character set's |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1689 @code{x-charset-registry} property. Its value is a string containing |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1690 the registry and the encoding, with a dash between them: |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1691 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1692 @example |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1693 (plist-get (charset-plist 'latin-iso8859-1) |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1694 'x-charset-registry) |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1695 @result{} "ISO8859-1" |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1696 @end example |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1697 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1698 Unibyte text does not have character sets, so displaying a unibyte |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1699 character takes the registry and encoding from the variable |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1700 @code{face-default-registry}. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1701 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1702 @defvar face-default-registry |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1703 This variable specifies which registry and encoding to use in choosing |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1704 fonts for unibyte characters. The value is initialized at Emacs startup |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1705 time from the font the user specified for Emacs. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1706 @end defvar |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1707 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1708 If the face specifies a fontset name, that fontset determines a |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1709 pattern for fonts of the given charset. If the face specifies a font |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1710 family, a font pattern is constructed. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1711 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1712 Emacs tries to find an available font for the given face attributes |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1713 and character's registry and encoding. If there is a font that matches |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1714 exactly, it is used, of course. The hard case is when no available font |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1715 exactly fits the specification. Then Emacs looks for one that is |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1716 ``close''---one attribute at a time. You can specify the order |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1717 to consider the attributes. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1718 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1719 @defvar face-font-selection-order |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1720 @tindex face-font-selection-order |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1721 This variable specifies the order of importance of the face attributes |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1722 @code{:width}, @code{:height}, @code{:weight}, and @code{:slant}. The |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1723 value should be a list containing those four symbols, in order of |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1724 decreasing importance. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1725 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1726 Font selection first finds the best available matches for the first |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1727 attribute listed; then, among the fonts which are best in that way, it |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1728 searches for the best matches in the second attribute, and so on. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1729 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1730 The attributes @code{:weight} and @code{:width} have symbolic values in |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1731 a range centered around @code{normal}. Matches that are more extreme |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1732 (farther from @code{normal}) are somewhat preferred to matches that are |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1733 less extreme (closer to @code{normal}); this is designed to ensure that |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1734 non-normal faces contrast with normal ones, whenever possible. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1735 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1736 The default is @code{(:width :height :weight :slant)}, which means first |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1737 find the fonts closest to the specified @code{:width}, then---among the |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1738 fonts with that width---find a best match for the specified font height, |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1739 and so on. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1740 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1741 One example of a case where this variable makes a difference is when the |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1742 default font has no italic equivalent. With the default ordering, the |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1743 @code{italic} face will use a non-italic font that is similar to the |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1744 default one. But if you put @code{:slant} before @code{:height}, the |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1745 @code{italic} face will use an italic font, even if its height is not |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1746 quite right. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1747 @end defvar |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1748 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1749 @defvar face-alternative-font-family-alist |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1750 @tindex face-alternative-font-family-alist |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1751 This variable lets you specify alternative font families to try, if a |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1752 given family is specified and doesn't exist. Each element should have |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1753 this form: |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1754 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1755 @example |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1756 (@var{family} @var{alternate-families}@dots{}) |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1757 @end example |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1758 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1759 If @var{family} is specified but not available, Emacs will try the other |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1760 families given in @var{alternate-families}, one by one, until it finds a |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1761 family that does exist. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1762 @end defvar |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1763 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1764 Emacs can make use of scalable fonts, but by default it does not use |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1765 them, since the use of too many or too big scalable fonts can crash |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1766 XFree86 servers. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1767 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1768 @defvar scalable-fonts-allowed |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1769 @tindex scalable-fonts-allowed |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1770 This variable controls which scalable fonts to use. A value of |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1771 @code{nil}, the default, means do not use scalable fonts. @code{t} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1772 means to use any scalable font that seems appropriate for the text. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1773 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1774 Otherwise, the value must be a list of regular expressions. Then a |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1775 scalable font is enabled for use if its name matches any regular |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1776 expression in the list. For example, |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1777 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1778 @example |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1779 (setq scalable-fonts-allowed '("muleindian-2$")) |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1780 @end example |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1781 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1782 @noindent |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1783 allows the use of scalable fonts with registry @code{muleindian-2}. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1784 @end example |
26221
6e72ffb1b4c4
Add @end defvar for scalable-fonts-allowed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25911
diff
changeset
|
1785 @end defvar |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1786 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1787 @defun clear-face-cache &optional unload-p |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1788 @tindex clear-face-cache |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1789 This function clears the face cache for all frames. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1790 If @var{unload-p} is non-@code{nil}, that means to unload |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1791 all unused fonts as well. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1792 @end defun |
6598 | 1793 |
1794 @node Face Functions | |
1795 @subsection Functions for Working with Faces | |
1796 | |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1797 Here are additional functions for creating and working with faces. |
6598 | 1798 |
1799 @defun make-face name | |
1800 This function defines a new face named @var{name}, initially with all | |
1801 attributes @code{nil}. It does nothing if there is already a face named | |
1802 @var{name}. | |
1803 @end defun | |
1804 | |
1805 @defun face-list | |
1806 This function returns a list of all defined face names. | |
1807 @end defun | |
1808 | |
1809 @defun copy-face old-face new-name &optional frame new-frame | |
1810 This function defines the face @var{new-name} as a copy of the existing | |
1811 face named @var{old-face}. It creates the face @var{new-name} if that | |
1812 doesn't already exist. | |
1813 | |
1814 If the optional argument @var{frame} is given, this function applies | |
1815 only to that frame. Otherwise it applies to each frame individually, | |
1816 copying attributes from @var{old-face} in each frame to @var{new-face} | |
1817 in the same frame. | |
1818 | |
1819 If the optional argument @var{new-frame} is given, then @code{copy-face} | |
1820 copies the attributes of @var{old-face} in @var{frame} to @var{new-name} | |
1821 in @var{new-frame}. | |
1822 @end defun | |
1823 | |
12098 | 1824 @defun face-id face |
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1825 This function returns the face number of face @var{face}. |
6598 | 1826 @end defun |
1827 | |
22138
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
1828 @defun face-documentation face |
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
1829 @tindex face-documentation |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
1830 This function returns the documentation string of face @var{face}, or |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
1831 @code{nil} if none was specified for it. |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
1832 @end defun |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
1833 |
6598 | 1834 @defun face-equal face1 face2 &optional frame |
1835 This returns @code{t} if the faces @var{face1} and @var{face2} have the | |
1836 same attributes for display. | |
1837 @end defun | |
1838 | |
1839 @defun face-differs-from-default-p face &optional frame | |
1840 This returns @code{t} if the face @var{face} displays differently from | |
25875 | 1841 the default face. A face is considered to be ``the same'' as the |
1842 default face if each attribute is either the same as that of the default | |
1843 face, or unspecified (meaning to inherit from the default). | |
22252
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
1844 @end defun |
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
1845 |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1846 @node Auto Faces |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1847 @subsection Automatic Face Assignment |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1848 @cindex automatic face assignment |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1849 @cindex faces, automatic choice |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1850 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1851 @cindex Font-Lock mode |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1852 Starting with Emacs 21, a hook is available for automatically |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1853 assigning faces to text in the buffer. This hook is used for part of |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1854 the implementation of Font-Lock mode. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1855 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1856 @tindex fontification-functions |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1857 @defvar fontification-functions |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1858 This variable holds a list of functions that are called by Emacs |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1859 redisplay as needed to assign faces automatically to text in the buffer. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1860 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1861 The functions are called in the order listed, with one argument, a |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1862 buffer position @var{pos}. Each function should attempt to assign faces |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1863 to the text in the current buffer starting at @var{pos}. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1864 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1865 Each function should record the faces they assign by setting the |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1866 @code{face} property. It should also add a non-@code{nil} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1867 @code{fontified} property for all the text it has assigned faces to. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1868 That property tells redisplay that faces have been assigned to that text |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1869 already. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1870 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1871 It is probably a good idea for each function to do nothing if the |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1872 character after @var{pos} already has a non-@code{nil} @code{fontified} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1873 property, but this is not required. If one function overrides the |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1874 assignments made by a previous one, the properties as they are |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1875 after the last function finishes are the ones that really matter. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1876 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1877 For efficiency, we recommend writing these functions so that they |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1878 usually assign faces to around 400 to 600 characters at each call. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1879 @end defvar |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1880 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1881 @node Font Lookup |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1882 @subsection Looking Up Fonts |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1883 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1884 @defun x-list-fonts pattern &optional face frame maximum |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1885 This function returns a list of available font names that match |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1886 @var{pattern}. If the optional arguments @var{face} and @var{frame} are |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1887 specified, then the list is limited to fonts that are the same size as |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1888 @var{face} currently is on @var{frame}. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1889 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1890 The argument @var{pattern} should be a string, perhaps with wildcard |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1891 characters: the @samp{*} character matches any substring, and the |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1892 @samp{?} character matches any single character. Pattern matching |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1893 of font names ignores case. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1894 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1895 If you specify @var{face} and @var{frame}, @var{face} should be a face name |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1896 (a symbol) and @var{frame} should be a frame. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1897 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1898 The optional argument @var{maximum} sets a limit on how many fonts to |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1899 return. If this is non-@code{nil}, then the return value is truncated |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1900 after the first @var{maximum} matching fonts. Specifying a small value |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1901 for @var{maximum} can make this function much faster, in cases where |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1902 many fonts match the pattern. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1903 @end defun |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1904 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1905 These additional functions are available starting in Emacs 21. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1906 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1907 @defun x-family-fonts &optional family frame |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1908 @tindex x-family-fonts |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1909 This function returns a list describing the available fonts for family |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1910 @var{family} on @var{frame}. If @var{family} is omitted or @code{nil}, |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1911 this list applies to all families, and therefore, it contains all |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1912 available fonts. Otherwise, @var{family} must be a string; it may |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1913 contain the wildcards @samp{?} and @samp{*}. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1914 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1915 The list describes the display that @var{frame} is on; if @var{frame} is |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1916 omitted or @code{nil}, it applies to the selected frame's display. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1917 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1918 The list contains a vector of the following form for each font: |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1919 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1920 @example |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1921 [@var{family} @var{width} @var{point-size} @var{weight} @var{slant} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1922 @var{fixed-p} @var{full} @var{registry-and-encoding}] |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1923 @end example |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1924 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1925 The first five elements correspond to face attributes; if you |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1926 specify these attributes for a face, it will use this font. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1927 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1928 The last three elements give additional information about the font. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1929 @var{fixed-p} is non-nil if the font is fixed-pitch. @var{full} is the |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1930 full name of the font, and @var{registry-and-encoding} is a string |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1931 giving the registry and encoding of the font. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1932 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1933 The result list is sorted according to the current face font sort order. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1934 @end defun |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1935 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1936 @defun x-font-family-list &optional frame |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1937 @tindex x-font-family-list |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1938 This function returns a list of the font families available for |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1939 @var{frame}'s display. If @var{frame} is omitted or @code{nil}, it |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1940 describes the selected frame's display. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1941 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1942 The value is a list of elements of this form: |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1943 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1944 @example |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1945 (@var{family} . @var{fixed-p}) |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1946 @end example |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1947 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1948 @noindent |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1949 Here @var{family} is a font family, and @var{fixed-p} is |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1950 non-@code{nil} if fonts of that family are fixed-pitch. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1951 @end defun |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1952 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1953 @defvar font-list-limit |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1954 @tindex font-list-limit |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1955 This variable specifies maximum number of fonts to consider in font |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1956 matching. The function @code{x-family-fonts} will not return more than |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1957 that many fonts, and font selection will consider only that many fonts |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1958 when searching a matching font for face attributes. The default is |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1959 currently 100. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1960 @end defvar |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1961 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1962 @node Fontsets |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1963 @subsection Fontsets |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1964 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1965 A @dfn{fontset} is a list of fonts, each assigned to a range of |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1966 character codes. An individual font cannot display the whole range of |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1967 characters that Emacs supports, but a fontset can. Fontsets have names, |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1968 just as fonts do, and you can use a fontset name in place of a font name |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1969 when you specify the ``font'' for a frame or a face. Here is |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1970 information about defining a fontset under Lisp program control. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1971 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1972 @defun create-fontset-from-fontset-spec fontset-spec &optional style-variant-p noerror |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1973 This function defines a new fontset according to the specification |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1974 string @var{fontset-spec}. The string should have this format: |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1975 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1976 @smallexample |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1977 @var{fontpattern}, @r{[}@var{charsetname}:@var{fontname}@r{]@dots{}} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1978 @end smallexample |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1979 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1980 @noindent |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1981 Whitespace characters before and after the commas are ignored. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1982 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1983 The first part of the string, @var{fontpattern}, should have the form of |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1984 a standard X font name, except that the last two fields should be |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1985 @samp{fontset-@var{alias}}. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1986 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1987 The new fontset has two names, one long and one short. The long name is |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1988 @var{fontpattern} in its entirety. The short name is |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1989 @samp{fontset-@var{alias}}. You can refer to the fontset by either |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1990 name. If a fontset with the same name already exists, an error is |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1991 signaled, unless @var{noerror} is non-@code{nil}, in which case this |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1992 function does nothing. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1993 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1994 If optional argument @var{style-variant-p} is non-@code{nil}, that says |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1995 to create bold, italic and bold-italic variants of the fontset as well. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1996 These variant fontsets do not have a short name, only a long one, which |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1997 is made by altering @var{fontpattern} to indicate the bold or italic |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1998 status. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1999 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2000 The specification string also says which fonts to use in the fontset. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2001 See below for the details. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2002 @end defun |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2003 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2004 The construct @samp{@var{charset}:@var{font}} specifies which font to |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2005 use (in this fontset) for one particular character set. Here, |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2006 @var{charset} is the name of a character set, and @var{font} is the font |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2007 to use for that character set. You can use this construct any number of |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2008 times in the specification string. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2009 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2010 For the remaining character sets, those that you don't specify |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2011 explicitly, Emacs chooses a font based on @var{fontpattern}: it replaces |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2012 @samp{fontset-@var{alias}} with a value that names one character set. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2013 For the @sc{ascii} character set, @samp{fontset-@var{alias}} is replaced |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2014 with @samp{ISO8859-1}. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2015 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2016 In addition, when several consecutive fields are wildcards, Emacs |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2017 collapses them into a single wildcard. This is to prevent use of |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2018 auto-scaled fonts. Fonts made by scaling larger fonts are not usable |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2019 for editing, and scaling a smaller font is not useful because it is |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2020 better to use the smaller font in its own size, which Emacs does. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2021 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2022 Thus if @var{fontpattern} is this, |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2023 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2024 @example |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2025 -*-fixed-medium-r-normal-*-24-*-*-*-*-*-fontset-24 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2026 @end example |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2027 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2028 @noindent |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2029 the font specification for ASCII characters would be this: |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2030 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2031 @example |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2032 -*-fixed-medium-r-normal-*-24-*-ISO8859-1 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2033 @end example |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2034 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2035 @noindent |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2036 and the font specification for Chinese GB2312 characters would be this: |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2037 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2038 @example |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2039 -*-fixed-medium-r-normal-*-24-*-gb2312*-* |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2040 @end example |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2041 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2042 You may not have any Chinese font matching the above font |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2043 specification. Most X distributions include only Chinese fonts that |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2044 have @samp{song ti} or @samp{fangsong ti} in the @var{family} field. In |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2045 such a case, @samp{Fontset-@var{n}} can be specified as below: |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2046 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2047 @smallexample |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2048 Emacs.Fontset-0: -*-fixed-medium-r-normal-*-24-*-*-*-*-*-fontset-24,\ |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2049 chinese-gb2312:-*-*-medium-r-normal-*-24-*-gb2312*-* |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2050 @end smallexample |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2051 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2052 @noindent |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2053 Then, the font specifications for all but Chinese GB2312 characters have |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2054 @samp{fixed} in the @var{family} field, and the font specification for |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2055 Chinese GB2312 characters has a wild card @samp{*} in the @var{family} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2056 field. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2057 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2058 @node Display Property |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2059 @section The @code{display} Property |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2060 @cindex display specification |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2061 @kindex display @r{(text property)} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2062 |
25875 | 2063 The @code{display} text property (or overlay property) is used to |
2064 insert images into text, and also control other aspects of how text | |
2065 displays. These features are available starting in Emacs 21. The value | |
2066 of the @code{display} property should be a display specification, or a | |
2067 list or vector containing several display specifications. The rest of | |
2068 this section describes several kinds of display specifications and what | |
2069 they mean. | |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2070 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2071 @menu |
25875 | 2072 * Specified Space:: Displaying one space with a specified width. |
2073 * Other Display Specs:: Displaying an image; magnifying text; moving it | |
2074 up or down on the page; adjusting the width | |
2075 of spaces within text. | |
2076 * Display Margins:: Displaying text or images to the side of the main text. | |
2077 * Conditional Display:: Making any of the above features conditional | |
2078 depending on some Lisp expression. | |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2079 @end menu |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2080 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2081 @node Specified Space |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2082 @subsection Specified Spaces |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2083 @cindex spaces, specified height or width |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2084 @cindex specified spaces |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2085 @cindex variable-width spaces |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2086 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2087 To display a space of specified width and/or height, use a display |
25875 | 2088 specification of the form @code{(space . @var{props})}, where |
2089 @var{props} is a property list (a list of alternating properties and | |
2090 values). You can put this property on one or more consecutive | |
2091 characters; a space of the specified height and width is displayed in | |
2092 place of @emph{all} of those characters. These are the properties you | |
2093 can use to specify the weight of the space: | |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2094 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2095 @table @code |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2096 @item :width @var{width} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2097 Specifies that the space width should be @var{width} times the normal |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2098 character width. @var{width} can be an integer or floating point |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2099 number. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2100 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2101 @item :relative-width @var{factor} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2102 Specifies that the width of the stretch should be computed from the |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2103 first character in the group of consecutive characters that have the |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2104 same @code{display} property. The space width is the width of that |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2105 character, multiplied by @var{factor}. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2106 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2107 @item :align-to @var{hpos} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2108 Specifies that the space should be wide enough to reach @var{hpos}. The |
25875 | 2109 value @var{hpos} is measured in units of the normal character width. It |
2110 may be an interer or a floating point number. | |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2111 @end table |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2112 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2113 Exactly one of the above properties should be used. You can also |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2114 specify the height of the space, with other properties: |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2115 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2116 @table @code |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2117 @item :height @var{height} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2118 Specifies the height of the space, as @var{height}, |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2119 measured in terms of the normal line height. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2120 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2121 @item :relative-height @var{factor} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2122 Specifies the height of the space, multiplying the ordinary height |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2123 of the text having this display specification by @var{factor}. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2124 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2125 @item :ascent @var{ascent} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2126 Specifies that @var{ascent} percent of the height of the space should be |
25875 | 2127 considered as the ascent of the space---that is, the part above the |
2128 baseline. The value of @var{ascent} must be a non-negative number no | |
2129 greater than 100. | |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2130 @end table |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2131 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2132 You should not use both @code{:height} and @code{:relative-height} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2133 together. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2134 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2135 @node Other Display Specs |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2136 @subsection Other Display Specifications |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2137 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2138 @table @code |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2139 @item (image . @var{image-props}) |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2140 This is in fact an image descriptor (@pxref{Images}). When used as a |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2141 display specification, it means to display the image instead of the text |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2142 that has the display specification. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2143 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2144 @item (space-width @var{factor}) |
25875 | 2145 This display specification affects all the space characters within the |
2146 text that has the specification. It displays all of these spaces | |
2147 @var{factor} times as wide as normal. The element @var{factor} should | |
2148 be an integer or float. Characters other than spaces are not affected | |
2149 at all; in particular, this has no effect on tab characters. | |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2150 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2151 @item (height @var{height}) |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2152 This display specification makes the text taller or shorter. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2153 Here are the possibilities for @var{height}: |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2154 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2155 @table @asis |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2156 @item @code{(+ @var{n})} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2157 This means to use a font that is @var{n} steps larger. A ``step'' is |
25875 | 2158 defined by the set of available fonts---specifically, those that match |
2159 what was otherwise specified for this text, in all attributes except | |
2160 height. Each size for which a suitable font is available counts as | |
2161 another step. @var{n} should be an integer. | |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2162 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2163 @item @code{(- @var{n})} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2164 This means to use a font that is @var{n} steps smaller. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2165 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2166 @item a number, @var{factor} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2167 A number, @var{factor}, means to use a font that is @var{factor} times |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2168 as tall as the default font. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2169 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2170 @item a symbol, @var{function} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2171 A symbol is a function to compute the height. It is called with the |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2172 current height as argument, and should return the new height to use. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2173 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2174 @item anything else, @var{form} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2175 If the @var{height} value doesn't fit the previous possibilities, it is |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2176 a form. Emacs evaluates it to get the new height, with the symbol |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2177 @code{height} bound to the current specified font height. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2178 @end table |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2179 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2180 @item (raise @var{factor}) |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2181 This kind of display specification raises or lowers the text |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2182 it applies to, relative to the baseline of the line. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2183 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2184 @var{factor} must be a number, which is interpreted as a multiple of the |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2185 height of the affected text. If it is positive, that means to display |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2186 the characters raised. If it is negative, that means to display them |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2187 lower down. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2188 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2189 If the text also has a @code{height} display specification, that does |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2190 not affect the amount of raising or lowering, which is based on the |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2191 faces used for the text. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2192 @end table |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2193 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2194 @node Display Margins |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2195 @subsection Displaying in the Margins |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2196 @cindex display margins |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2197 @cindex margins, display |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2198 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2199 A buffer can have blank areas called @dfn{display margins} on the left |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2200 and on the right. Ordinary text never appears in these areas, but you |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2201 can put things into the display margins using the @code{display} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2202 property. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2203 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2204 To put text in the left or right display margin of the window, use a |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2205 display specification of the form @code{(margin right-margin)} or |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2206 @code{(margin left-margin)} on it. To put an image in a display margin, |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2207 use that display specification along with the display specification for |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2208 the image. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2209 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2210 Before the display margins can display anything, you must give |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2211 them a nonzero width. The usual way to do that is to set these |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2212 variables: |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2213 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2214 @defvar left-margin-width |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2215 @tindex left-margin-width |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2216 This variable specifies the width of the left margin. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2217 It is buffer-local in all buffers. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2218 @end defvar |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2219 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2220 @defvar right-margin-width |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2221 @tindex right-margin-width |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2222 This variable specifies the width of the right margin. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2223 It is buffer-local in all buffers. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2224 @end defvar |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2225 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2226 Setting these variables does not immediately affect the window. These |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2227 variables are checked when a new buffer is displayed in the window. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2228 Thus, you can make changes take effect by calling |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2229 @code{set-window-buffer}. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2230 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2231 You can also set the margin widths immediately. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2232 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2233 @defun set-window-margins window left right |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2234 @tindex set-window-margins |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2235 This function specifies the margin widths for window @var{window}. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2236 The argument @var{left} controls the left margin and |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2237 @var{right} controls the right margin. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2238 @end defun |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2239 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2240 @defun window-margins &optional window |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2241 @tindex window-margins |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2242 This function returns the left and right margins of @var{window} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2243 as a cons cell of the form @code{(@var{left} . @var{right})}. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2244 If @var{window} is @code{nil}, the selected window is used. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2245 @end defun |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2246 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2247 @node Conditional Display |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2248 @subsection Conditional Display Specifications |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2249 @cindex conditional display specifications |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2250 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2251 You can make any display specification conditional. To do that, |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2252 package it in another list of the form @code{(when @var{condition} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2253 @var{spec})}. Then the specification @var{spec} applies only when |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2254 @var{condition} evaluates to a non-@code{nil} value. During the |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2255 evaluation, point is temporarily set at the end position of the text |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2256 having this conditional display specification. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2257 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2258 @node Images |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2259 @section Images |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2260 @cindex images in buffers |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2261 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2262 To display an image in an Emacs buffer, you must first create an image |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2263 descriptor, then use it as a display specifier in the @code{display} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2264 property of text that is displayed (@pxref{Display Property}). Like the |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2265 @code{display} property, this feature is available starting in Emacs 21. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2266 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2267 Emacs can display a number of different image formats; some of them |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2268 are supported only if particular support libraries are installed on your |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2269 machine. The supported image formats include XBM, XPM (needing the |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2270 libraries @code{libXpm} version 3.4k and @code{libz}), GIF (needing |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2271 @code{libungif} 4.1.0), Postscript, PBM, JPEG (needing the |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2272 @code{libjpeg} library version v6a), TIFF (needing @code{libtiff} v3.4), |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2273 and PNG (needing @code{libpng} 1.0.2). |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2274 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2275 You specify one of these formats with an image type symbol. The image |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2276 type symbols are @code{xbm}, @code{xpm}, @code{gif}, @code{postscript}, |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2277 @code{pbm}, @code{jpeg}, @code{tiff}, and @code{png}. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2278 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2279 @defvar image-types |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2280 This variable contains a list of those image type symbols that are |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2281 supported in the current configuration. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2282 @end defvar |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2283 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2284 @menu |
25875 | 2285 * Image Descriptors:: How to specify an image for use in @code{:display}. |
2286 * XBM Images:: Special features for XBM format. | |
2287 * XPM Images:: Special features for XPM format. | |
2288 * GIF Images:: Special features for GIF format. | |
2289 * Postscript Images:: Special features for Postscript format. | |
2290 * Other Image Types:: Various other formats are supported. | |
2291 * Defining Images:: Convenient ways to define an image for later use. | |
2292 * Showing Images:: Convenient ways to display an image once it is defined. | |
2293 * Image Cache:: Internal mechanisms of image display. | |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2294 @end menu |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2295 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2296 @node Image Descriptors |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2297 @subsection Image Descriptors |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2298 @cindex image descriptor |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2299 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2300 An image description is a list of the form @code{(image |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2301 . @var{props})}, where @var{props} is a property list containing |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2302 alternating keyword symbols (symbols whose names start with a colon) and |
26400 | 2303 their values. You can use any Lisp object as a property, but the only |
2304 properties that have any special meaning are certain symbols, all of | |
2305 them keywords. | |
2306 | |
2307 Every image descriptor must contain the property @code{:type | |
2308 @var{type}} to specify the format of the image. The value of @var{type} | |
2309 should be an image type symbol; for example, @code{xpm} for an image in | |
2310 XPM format. | |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2311 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2312 Here is a list of other properties that are meaningful for all image |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2313 types: |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2314 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2315 @table @code |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2316 @item :ascent @var{ascent} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2317 The @code{:ascent} property specifies the percentage of the image's |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2318 height to use for its ascent---that is, the part above the baseline. The |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2319 value, @var{ascent}, must be a number in the range 0 to 100. If this |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2320 property is omitted, it defaults to 50. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2321 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2322 @item :margin @var{margin} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2323 The @code{:margin} property specifies how many pixels to add as an extra |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2324 margin around the image. The value, @var{margin}, must be a |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2325 non-negative number; if it is not specified, the default is zero. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2326 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2327 @item :relief @var{relief} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2328 The @code{:relief} property, if non-@code{nil}, adds a shadow rectangle |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2329 around the image. The value, @var{relief}, specifies the width of the |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2330 shadow lines, in pixels. If @var{relief} is negative, shadows are drawn |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2331 so that the image appears as a pressed button; otherwise, it appears as |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2332 an unpressed button. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2333 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2334 @item :algorithm @var{algorithm} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2335 The @code{:algorithm} property, if non-@code{nil}, specifies a |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2336 conversion algorithm that should be applied to the image before it is |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2337 displayed; the value, @var{algorithm}, specifies which algorithm. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2338 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2339 Currently, the only meaningful value for @var{algorithm} (aside from |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2340 @code{nil}) is @code{laplace}; this applies the Laplace edge detection |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2341 algorithm, which blurs out small differences in color while highlighting |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2342 larger differences. People sometimes consider this useful for |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2343 displaying the image for a ``disabled'' button. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2344 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2345 @item :heuristic-mask @var{transparent-color} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2346 The @code{:heuristic-mask} property, if non-@code{nil}, specifies that a |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2347 certain color in the image should be transparent. Each pixel where this |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2348 color appears will actually allow the frame's background to show |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2349 through. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2350 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2351 If @var{transparent-color} is @code{t}, then determine the transparent |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2352 color by looking at the four corners of the image. This uses the color |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2353 that occurs most frequently near the corners as the transparent color. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2354 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2355 Otherwise, @var{heuristic-mask} should specify the transparent color |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2356 directly, as a list of three integers in the form @code{(@var{red} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2357 @var{green} @var{blue})}. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2358 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2359 @item :file @var{file} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2360 The @code{:file} property specifies to load the image from file |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2361 @var{file}. If @var{file} is not an absolute file name, it is expanded |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2362 in @code{data-directory}. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2363 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2364 @item :data @var{data} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2365 The @code{:data} property specifies the actual contents of the image. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2366 Each image must use either @code{:data} or @code{:file}, but not both. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2367 However, only certain image types support @code{:data}; for other types, |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2368 you must use @code{:file}. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2369 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2370 The formats that support @code{:data} include XBM and XPM. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2371 Before using @code{:data}, see the section describing the specific |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2372 format you wish to use for further information. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2373 @end table |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2374 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2375 @node XBM Images |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2376 @subsection XBM Images |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2377 @cindex XBM |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2378 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2379 To use XBM format, specify @code{xbm} as the image type. This image |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2380 format doesn't require an external library, so images of this type are |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2381 always supported. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2382 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2383 Additional image properties supported for the @code{xbm} image type are: |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2384 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2385 @table @code |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2386 @item :foreground @var{foreground} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2387 The value, @var{foreground}, should be a string specifying the image |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2388 foreground color. This color is used for each pixel in the XBM that is |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2389 1. The default is the frame's foreground color. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2390 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2391 @item :background @var{background} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2392 The value, @var{background}, should be a string specifying the image |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2393 background color. This color is used for each pixel in the XBM that is |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2394 0. The default is the frame's background color. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2395 @end table |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2396 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2397 You can specify an XBM image using data within Emacs instead |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2398 of an external file. To do this, don't use @code{:file}; instead, |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2399 use the following three properties (all of them): |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2400 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2401 @table @code |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2402 @item :width @var{width} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2403 The value, @var{width}, specifies the width the image in pixels. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2404 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2405 @item :height @var{height} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2406 The value, @var{height}, specifies the height of the image in pixels. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2407 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2408 @item :data @var{data} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2409 The value, @var{data}, is normally a string or a bool-vector. Either |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2410 way, it must contain enough bits for the area of the image: at least |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2411 @var{width} * @code{height}. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2412 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2413 Alternatively, @var{data} can be a vector of strings or bool-vectors, |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2414 each specifying one line of the image. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2415 @end table |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2416 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2417 @node XPM Images |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2418 @subsection XPM Images |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2419 @cindex XPM |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2420 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2421 To use XPM format, specify @code{xpm} as the image type. These |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2422 additional image properties are meaningful with the @code{xpm} image |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2423 type: |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2424 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2425 @table @code |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2426 @item :color-symbols @var{symbols} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2427 The value, @var{symbols}, should be an alist whose elements have the |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2428 form @code{(@var{name} . @var{color})}. In each element, @var{name} is |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2429 the name of a color as it appears in the image file, and @var{color} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2430 specifies the actual color to use for displaying that name. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2431 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2432 @item :data @var{data} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2433 XPM images can be displayed from data instead of files. In that case, |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2434 use the @code{:data} property instead of the @code{:file} property. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2435 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2436 The value @var{data} must be a string containing an XPM image. The |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2437 contents of the string have same format as an external XPM file. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2438 @end table |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2439 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2440 @node GIF Images |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2441 @subsection GIF Images |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2442 @cindex GIF |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2443 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2444 For GIF images, specify image type @code{gif}. Because of the patents |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2445 in the US covering the LZW algorithm, the continued use of GIF format is |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2446 a problem for the whole Internet; to end this problem, it is a good idea |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2447 for everyone, even outside the US, to stop using GIFS right away |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2448 (@uref{http://www.burnallgifs.org/}). But if you still want to use |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2449 them, Emacs can display them. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2450 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2451 @table @code |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2452 @item :index @var{index} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2453 You can use @code{:index} to specify one image from a GIF file that |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2454 contains more than one image. This property specifies use of image |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2455 number @var{index} from the file. An error is signaled if the GIF file |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2456 doesn't contain an image with index @var{index}. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2457 @end table |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2458 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2459 @ignore |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2460 This could be used to implement limited support for animated GIFs. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2461 For example, the following function displays a multi-image GIF file |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2462 at point-min in the current buffer, switching between sub-images |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2463 every 0.1 seconds. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2464 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2465 (defun show-anim (file max) |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2466 "Display multi-image GIF file FILE which contains MAX subimages." |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2467 (display-anim (current-buffer) file 0 max t)) |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2468 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2469 (defun display-anim (buffer file idx max first-time) |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2470 (when (= idx max) |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2471 (setq idx 0)) |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2472 (let ((img (create-image file nil :image idx))) |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2473 (save-excursion |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2474 (set-buffer buffer) |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2475 (goto-char (point-min)) |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2476 (unless first-time (delete-char 1)) |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2477 (insert-image img)) |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2478 (run-with-timer 0.1 nil 'display-anim buffer file (1+ idx) max nil))) |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2479 @end ignore |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2480 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2481 @node Postscript Images |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2482 @subsection Postscript Images |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2483 @cindex Postscript images |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2484 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2485 To use Postscript for an image, specify image type @code{postscript}. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2486 This works only if you have Ghostscript installed. You must always use |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2487 these three properties: |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2488 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2489 @table @code |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2490 @item :pt-width @var{width} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2491 The value, @var{width}, specifies the width of the image measured in |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2492 points (1/72 inch). @var{width} must be an integer. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2493 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2494 @item :pt-height @var{height} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2495 The value, @var{height}, specifies the height of the image in points |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2496 (1/72 inch). @var{height} must be an integer. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2497 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2498 @item :bounding-box @var{box} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2499 The value, @var{box}, must be a list or vector of four integers, which |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2500 specifying the bounding box of the Postscript image, analogous to the |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2501 @samp{BoundingBox} comment found in Postscript files. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2502 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2503 @example |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2504 %%BoundingBox: 22 171 567 738 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2505 @end example |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2506 @end table |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2507 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2508 @node Other Image Types |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2509 @subsection Other Image Types |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2510 @cindex PBM |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2511 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2512 For PBM images, specify image type @code{pbm}. Color, gray-scale and |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2513 monochromatic images are supported. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2514 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2515 For JPEG images, specify image type @code{jpeg}. There are no |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2516 additional image properties defined. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2517 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2518 For TIFF images, specify image type @code{tiff}. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2519 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2520 For PNG images, specify image type @code{png}. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2521 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2522 @node Defining Images |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2523 @subsection Defining Images |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2524 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2525 The functions @code{create-image} and @code{defimage} provide |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2526 convenient ways to create image descriptors. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2527 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2528 @defun create-image file &optional type &rest props |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2529 @tindex create-image |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2530 This function creates and returns an image descriptor which uses the |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2531 data in @var{file}. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2532 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2533 The optional argument @var{type} is a symbol specifying the image type. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2534 If @var{type} is omitted or @code{nil}, @code{create-image} tries to |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2535 determine the image type from the file's first few bytes, or else |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2536 from the file's name. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2537 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2538 The remaining arguments, @var{props}, specify additional image |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2539 properties---for example, |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2540 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2541 @example |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2542 (create-image "foo.xpm" 'xpm :heuristic-mask t) |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2543 @end example |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2544 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2545 The function returns @code{nil} if images of this type are not |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2546 supported. Otherwise it returns an image descriptor. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2547 @end defun |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2548 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2549 @defmac defimage variable doc &rest specs |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2550 @tindex defimage |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2551 This macro defines @var{variable} as an image name. The second argument, |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2552 @var{doc}, is an optional documentation string. The remaining |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2553 arguments, @var{specs}, specify alternative ways to display the image. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2554 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2555 Each argument in @var{specs} has the form of a property list, and each |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2556 one should specify at least the @code{:type} property and the |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2557 @code{:file} property. Here is an example: |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2558 |
25875 | 2559 @example |
2560 (defimage test-image | |
2561 '((:type xpm :file "~/test1.xpm") | |
2562 (:type xbm :file "~/test1.xbm"))) | |
2563 @end example | |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2564 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2565 @code{defimage} tests each argument, one by one, to see if it is |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2566 usable---that is, if the type is supported and the file exists. The |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2567 first usable argument is used to make an image descriptor which is |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2568 stored in the variable @var{variable}. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2569 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2570 If none of the alternatives will work, then @var{variable} is defined |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2571 as @code{nil}. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2572 @end defmac |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2573 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2574 @node Showing Images |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2575 @subsection Showing Images |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2576 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2577 You can use an image descriptor by setting up the @code{display} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2578 property yourself, but it is easier to use the functions in this |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2579 section. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2580 |
25875 | 2581 @defun insert-image image string &optional area |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2582 This function inserts @var{image} in the current buffer at point. The |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2583 value @var{image} should be an image descriptor; it could be a value |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2584 returned by @code{create-image}, or the value of a symbol defined with |
25875 | 2585 @code{defimage}. The argument @var{string} specifies the text to put in |
2586 the buffer to hold the image. | |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2587 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2588 The argument @var{area} specifies whether to put the image in a margin. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2589 If it is @code{left-margin}, the image appears in the left margin; |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2590 @code{right-margin} specifies the right margin. If @var{area} is |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2591 @code{nil} or omitted, the image is displayed at point within the |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2592 buffer's text. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2593 |
25875 | 2594 Internally, this function inserts @var{string} in the buffer, and gives |
2595 it a @code{display} property which specifies @var{image}. @xref{Display | |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2596 Property}. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2597 @end defun |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2598 |
25875 | 2599 @defun put-image image pos string &optional area |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2600 This function puts image @var{image} in front of @var{pos} in the |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2601 current buffer. The argument @var{pos} should be an integer or a |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2602 marker. It specifies the buffer position where the image should appear. |
25875 | 2603 The argument @var{string} specifies the text that should hold the image. |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2604 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2605 The argument @var{image} must be an image descriptor, perhaps returned |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2606 by @code{create-image} or stored by @code{defimage}. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2607 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2608 The argument @var{area} specifies whether to put the image in a margin. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2609 If it is @code{left-margin}, the image appears in the left margin; |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2610 @code{right-margin} specifies the right margin. If @var{area} is |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2611 @code{nil} or omitted, the image is displayed at point within the |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2612 buffer's text. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2613 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2614 Internally, this function creates an overlay, and gives it a |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2615 @code{before-string} property containing text that has a @code{display} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2616 property whose value is the image. (Whew!) |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2617 @end defun |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2618 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2619 @defun remove-images start end &optional buffer |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2620 This function removes images in @var{buffer} between positions |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2621 @var{start} and @var{end}. If @var{buffer} is omitted or @code{nil}, |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2622 images are removed from the current buffer. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2623 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2624 This remove only images that were put into @var{buffer} the way |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2625 @code{put-image} does it, not images that were inserted with |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2626 @code{insert-image} or in other ways. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2627 @end defun |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2628 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2629 @node Image Cache |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2630 @subsection Image Cache |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2631 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2632 Emacs stores images in an image cache when it displays them, so it can |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2633 display them again more efficiently. It removes an image from the cache |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2634 when it hasn't been displayed for a specified period of time. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2635 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2636 @defvar image-cache-eviction-delay |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2637 @tindex image-cache-eviction-delay |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2638 This variable specifies the number of seconds an image can remain in the |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2639 cache without being displayed. When an image is not displayed for this |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2640 length of time, Emacs removes it from the image cache. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2641 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2642 If the value is @code{nil}, Emacs does not remove images from the cache |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2643 except when you explicitly clear it. This mode can be useful for |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2644 debugging. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2645 @end defvar |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2646 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2647 @defun clear-image-cache &optional frame |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2648 @tindex clear-image-cache |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2649 This function clears the image cache. If @var{frame} is non-@code{nil}, |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2650 only the cache for that frame is cleared. Otherwise all frames' caches |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2651 are cleared. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2652 @end defun |
6598 | 2653 @node Blinking |
2654 @section Blinking Parentheses | |
2655 @cindex parenthesis matching | |
2656 @cindex blinking | |
2657 @cindex balancing parentheses | |
2658 @cindex close parenthesis | |
2659 | |
2660 This section describes the mechanism by which Emacs shows a matching | |
2661 open parenthesis when the user inserts a close parenthesis. | |
2662 | |
2663 @defvar blink-paren-function | |
2664 The value of this variable should be a function (of no arguments) to | |
2665 be called whenever a character with close parenthesis syntax is inserted. | |
2666 The value of @code{blink-paren-function} may be @code{nil}, in which | |
2667 case nothing is done. | |
2668 @end defvar | |
2669 | |
22252
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
2670 @defopt blink-matching-paren |
6598 | 2671 If this variable is @code{nil}, then @code{blink-matching-open} does |
2672 nothing. | |
22252
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
2673 @end defopt |
6598 | 2674 |
22252
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
2675 @defopt blink-matching-paren-distance |
6598 | 2676 This variable specifies the maximum distance to scan for a matching |
2677 parenthesis before giving up. | |
22252
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
2678 @end defopt |
6598 | 2679 |
22252
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
2680 @defopt blink-matching-delay |
12098 | 2681 This variable specifies the number of seconds for the cursor to remain |
2682 at the matching parenthesis. A fraction of a second often gives | |
2683 good results, but the default is 1, which works on all systems. | |
22252
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
2684 @end defopt |
12098 | 2685 |
22252
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
2686 @deffn Command blink-matching-open |
6598 | 2687 This function is the default value of @code{blink-paren-function}. It |
2688 assumes that point follows a character with close parenthesis syntax and | |
2689 moves the cursor momentarily to the matching opening character. If that | |
2690 character is not already on the screen, it displays the character's | |
2691 context in the echo area. To avoid long delays, this function does not | |
2692 search farther than @code{blink-matching-paren-distance} characters. | |
2693 | |
2694 Here is an example of calling this function explicitly. | |
2695 | |
2696 @smallexample | |
2697 @group | |
2698 (defun interactive-blink-matching-open () | |
2699 @c Do not break this line! -- rms. | |
2700 @c The first line of a doc string | |
2701 @c must stand alone. | |
2702 "Indicate momentarily the start of sexp before point." | |
2703 (interactive) | |
2704 @end group | |
2705 @group | |
2706 (let ((blink-matching-paren-distance | |
2707 (buffer-size)) | |
2708 (blink-matching-paren t)) | |
2709 (blink-matching-open))) | |
2710 @end group | |
2711 @end smallexample | |
22252
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
2712 @end deffn |
6598 | 2713 |
2714 @node Inverse Video | |
2715 @section Inverse Video | |
2716 @cindex Inverse Video | |
2717 | |
2718 @defopt inverse-video | |
2719 @cindex highlighting | |
2720 This variable controls whether Emacs uses inverse video for all text | |
2721 on the screen. Non-@code{nil} means yes, @code{nil} means no. The | |
2722 default is @code{nil}. | |
2723 @end defopt | |
2724 | |
2725 @defopt mode-line-inverse-video | |
25875 | 2726 This variable controls the use of inverse video for mode lines and menu |
2727 bars. If it is non-@code{nil}, then these lines are displayed in | |
2728 inverse video. Otherwise, they lines are displayed normally, just like | |
2729 other text. The default is @code{t}. | |
2730 | |
2731 For window frames, this feature actually applies the face named | |
2732 @code{mode-line}; that face is normally set up as the inverse of the | |
2733 default face, unless you change it. | |
6598 | 2734 @end defopt |
2735 | |
2736 @node Usual Display | |
2737 @section Usual Display Conventions | |
2738 | |
2739 The usual display conventions define how to display each character | |
2740 code. You can override these conventions by setting up a display table | |
2741 (@pxref{Display Tables}). Here are the usual display conventions: | |
2742 | |
2743 @itemize @bullet | |
2744 @item | |
2745 Character codes 32 through 126 map to glyph codes 32 through 126. | |
2746 Normally this means they display as themselves. | |
2747 | |
2748 @item | |
2749 Character code 9 is a horizontal tab. It displays as whitespace | |
2750 up to a position determined by @code{tab-width}. | |
2751 | |
2752 @item | |
2753 Character code 10 is a newline. | |
2754 | |
2755 @item | |
2756 All other codes in the range 0 through 31, and code 127, display in one | |
9009 | 2757 of two ways according to the value of @code{ctl-arrow}. If it is |
6598 | 2758 non-@code{nil}, these codes map to sequences of two glyphs, where the |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2759 first glyph is the @sc{ascii} code for @samp{^}. (A display table can |
6598 | 2760 specify a glyph to use instead of @samp{^}.) Otherwise, these codes map |
2761 just like the codes in the range 128 to 255. | |
2762 | |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2763 On MS-DOS terminals, Emacs arranges by default for the character code |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2764 127 to be mapped to the glyph code 127, which normally displays as an |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2765 empty polygon. This glyph is used to display non-@sc{ascii} characters |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2766 that the MS-DOS terminal doesn't support. @xref{MS-DOS and MULE,,, |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2767 emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2768 |
6598 | 2769 @item |
2770 Character codes 128 through 255 map to sequences of four glyphs, where | |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2771 the first glyph is the @sc{ascii} code for @samp{\}, and the others are |
22138
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
2772 digit characters representing the character code in octal. (A display |
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
2773 table can specify a glyph to use instead of @samp{\}.) |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
2774 |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
2775 @item |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
2776 Multibyte character codes above 256 are displayed as themselves, or as a |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
2777 question mark or empty box if the terminal cannot display that |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
2778 character. |
6598 | 2779 @end itemize |
2780 | |
2781 The usual display conventions apply even when there is a display | |
2782 table, for any character whose entry in the active display table is | |
2783 @code{nil}. Thus, when you set up a display table, you need only | |
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
2784 specify the characters for which you want special behavior. |
6598 | 2785 |
24951
7451b1458af1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22843
diff
changeset
|
2786 These display rules apply to carriage return (character code 13), when |
7451b1458af1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22843
diff
changeset
|
2787 it appears in the buffer. But that character may not appear in the |
7451b1458af1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22843
diff
changeset
|
2788 buffer where you expect it, if it was eliminated as part of end-of-line |
25454 | 2789 conversion (@pxref{Coding System Basics}). |
24951
7451b1458af1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22843
diff
changeset
|
2790 |
6598 | 2791 These variables affect the way certain characters are displayed on the |
2792 screen. Since they change the number of columns the characters occupy, | |
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
2793 they also affect the indentation functions. These variables also affect |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
2794 how the mode line is displayed; if you want to force redisplay of the |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
2795 mode line using the new values, call the function |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
2796 @code{force-mode-line-update} (@pxref{Mode Line Format}). |
6598 | 2797 |
2798 @defopt ctl-arrow | |
2799 @cindex control characters in display | |
2800 This buffer-local variable controls how control characters are | |
2801 displayed. If it is non-@code{nil}, they are displayed as a caret | |
2802 followed by the character: @samp{^A}. If it is @code{nil}, they are | |
2803 displayed as a backslash followed by three octal digits: @samp{\001}. | |
2804 @end defopt | |
2805 | |
2806 @c Following may have overfull hbox. | |
2807 @defvar default-ctl-arrow | |
2808 The value of this variable is the default value for @code{ctl-arrow} in | |
2809 buffers that do not override it. @xref{Default Value}. | |
2810 @end defvar | |
2811 | |
2812 @defopt tab-width | |
2813 The value of this variable is the spacing between tab stops used for | |
25875 | 2814 displaying tab characters in Emacs buffers. The value is in units of |
2815 columns, and the default is 8. Note that this feature is completely | |
2816 independent of the user-settable tab stops used by the command | |
2817 @code{tab-to-tab-stop}. @xref{Indent Tabs}. | |
6598 | 2818 @end defopt |
2819 | |
2820 @node Display Tables | |
2821 @section Display Tables | |
2822 | |
2823 @cindex display table | |
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
2824 You can use the @dfn{display table} feature to control how all possible |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
2825 character codes display on the screen. This is useful for displaying |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2826 European languages that have letters not in the @sc{ascii} character |
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
2827 set. |
6598 | 2828 |
2829 The display table maps each character code into a sequence of | |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2830 @dfn{glyphs}, each glyph being a graphic that takes up one character |
6598 | 2831 position on the screen. You can also define how to display each glyph |
2832 on your terminal, using the @dfn{glyph table}. | |
2833 | |
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
2834 Display tables affect how the mode line is displayed; if you want to |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
2835 force redisplay of the mode line using a new display table, call |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
2836 @code{force-mode-line-update} (@pxref{Mode Line Format}). |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
2837 |
6598 | 2838 @menu |
2839 * Display Table Format:: What a display table consists of. | |
2840 * Active Display Table:: How Emacs selects a display table to use. | |
2841 * Glyphs:: How to define a glyph, and what glyphs mean. | |
2842 @end menu | |
2843 | |
2844 @node Display Table Format | |
2845 @subsection Display Table Format | |
2846 | |
22138
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
2847 A display table is actually a char-table (@pxref{Char-Tables}) with |
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
2848 @code{display-table} as its subtype. |
6598 | 2849 |
2850 @defun make-display-table | |
2851 This creates and returns a display table. The table initially has | |
2852 @code{nil} in all elements. | |
2853 @end defun | |
2854 | |
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
2855 The ordinary elements of the display table are indexed by character |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
2856 codes; the element at index @var{c} says how to display the character |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
2857 code @var{c}. The value should be @code{nil} or a vector of glyph |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
2858 values (@pxref{Glyphs}). If an element is @code{nil}, it says to |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
2859 display that character according to the usual display conventions |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
2860 (@pxref{Usual Display}). |
12067 | 2861 |
2862 If you use the display table to change the display of newline | |
2863 characters, the whole buffer will be displayed as one long ``line.'' | |
6598 | 2864 |
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
2865 The display table also has six ``extra slots'' which serve special |
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
2866 purposes. Here is a table of their meanings; @code{nil} in any slot |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
2867 means to use the default for that slot, as stated below. |
6598 | 2868 |
2869 @table @asis | |
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
2870 @item 0 |
6598 | 2871 The glyph for the end of a truncated screen line (the default for this |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2872 is @samp{$}). @xref{Glyphs}. Newer Emacs versions, on some platforms, |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2873 display arrows to indicate truncation---the display table has no effect |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2874 in these situations. |
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
2875 @item 1 |
6598 | 2876 The glyph for the end of a continued line (the default is @samp{\}). |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2877 Newer Emacs versions, on some platforms, display curved arrows to |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2878 indicate truncation---the display table has no effect in these |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2879 situations. |
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
2880 @item 2 |
6598 | 2881 The glyph for indicating a character displayed as an octal character |
2882 code (the default is @samp{\}). | |
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
2883 @item 3 |
6598 | 2884 The glyph for indicating a control character (the default is @samp{^}). |
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
2885 @item 4 |
6598 | 2886 A vector of glyphs for indicating the presence of invisible lines (the |
2887 default is @samp{...}). @xref{Selective Display}. | |
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
2888 @item 5 |
8925 | 2889 The glyph used to draw the border between side-by-side windows (the |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2890 default is @samp{|}). @xref{Splitting Windows}. This takes effect only |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2891 when there are no scroll bars; if scroll bars are supported and in use, |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2892 a scroll bar separates the two windows. |
6598 | 2893 @end table |
2894 | |
2895 For example, here is how to construct a display table that mimics the | |
2896 effect of setting @code{ctl-arrow} to a non-@code{nil} value: | |
2897 | |
2898 @example | |
2899 (setq disptab (make-display-table)) | |
2900 (let ((i 0)) | |
2901 (while (< i 32) | |
2902 (or (= i ?\t) (= i ?\n) | |
2903 (aset disptab i (vector ?^ (+ i 64)))) | |
2904 (setq i (1+ i))) | |
2905 (aset disptab 127 (vector ?^ ??))) | |
2906 @end example | |
2907 | |
22138
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
2908 @defun display-table-slot display-table slot |
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
2909 @tindex display-table-slot |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
2910 This function returns the value of the extra slot @var{slot} of |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
2911 @var{display-table}. The argument @var{slot} may be a number from 0 to |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
2912 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol). Valid symbols are |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
2913 @code{truncation}, @code{wrap}, @code{escape}, @code{control}, |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
2914 @code{selective-display}, and @code{vertical-border}. |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
2915 @end defun |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
2916 |
22138
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
2917 @defun set-display-table-slot display-table slot value |
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
2918 @tindex set-display-table-slot |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
2919 This function stores @var{value} in the extra slot @var{slot} of |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
2920 @var{display-table}. The argument @var{slot} may be a number from 0 to |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
2921 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol). Valid symbols are |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
2922 @code{truncation}, @code{wrap}, @code{escape}, @code{control}, |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
2923 @code{selective-display}, and @code{vertical-border}. |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
2924 @end defun |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
2925 |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2926 @defun describe-display-table display-table |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2927 @tindex describe-display-table |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2928 This function displays a description of the display table |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2929 @var{display-table} in a help buffer. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2930 @end defun |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2931 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2932 @deffn Command describe-current-display-table |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2933 @tindex describe-current-display-table |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2934 This command displays a description of the current display table in a |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2935 help buffer. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2936 @end deffn |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2937 |
6598 | 2938 @node Active Display Table |
2939 @subsection Active Display Table | |
2940 @cindex active display table | |
2941 | |
2942 Each window can specify a display table, and so can each buffer. When | |
2943 a buffer @var{b} is displayed in window @var{w}, display uses the | |
2944 display table for window @var{w} if it has one; otherwise, the display | |
2945 table for buffer @var{b} if it has one; otherwise, the standard display | |
2946 table if any. The display table chosen is called the @dfn{active} | |
2947 display table. | |
2948 | |
2949 @defun window-display-table window | |
2950 This function returns @var{window}'s display table, or @code{nil} | |
2951 if @var{window} does not have an assigned display table. | |
2952 @end defun | |
2953 | |
2954 @defun set-window-display-table window table | |
2955 This function sets the display table of @var{window} to @var{table}. | |
2956 The argument @var{table} should be either a display table or | |
2957 @code{nil}. | |
2958 @end defun | |
2959 | |
2960 @defvar buffer-display-table | |
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
2961 This variable is automatically buffer-local in all buffers; its value in |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
2962 a particular buffer specifies the display table for that buffer. If it |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
2963 is @code{nil}, that means the buffer does not have an assigned display |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
2964 table. |
6598 | 2965 @end defvar |
2966 | |
2967 @defvar standard-display-table | |
2968 This variable's value is the default display table, used whenever a | |
2969 window has no display table and neither does the buffer displayed in | |
2970 that window. This variable is @code{nil} by default. | |
2971 @end defvar | |
2972 | |
2973 If there is no display table to use for a particular window---that is, | |
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
2974 if the window specifies none, its buffer specifies none, and |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
2975 @code{standard-display-table} is @code{nil}---then Emacs uses the usual |
6598 | 2976 display conventions for all character codes in that window. @xref{Usual |
2977 Display}. | |
2978 | |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2979 A number of functions for changing the standard display table |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2980 are defined in the library @file{disp-table}. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2981 |
6598 | 2982 @node Glyphs |
2983 @subsection Glyphs | |
2984 | |
2985 @cindex glyph | |
2986 A @dfn{glyph} is a generalization of a character; it stands for an | |
2987 image that takes up a single character position on the screen. Glyphs | |
2988 are represented in Lisp as integers, just as characters are. | |
2989 | |
2990 @cindex glyph table | |
2991 The meaning of each integer, as a glyph, is defined by the glyph | |
2992 table, which is the value of the variable @code{glyph-table}. | |
2993 | |
2994 @defvar glyph-table | |
2995 The value of this variable is the current glyph table. It should be a | |
2996 vector; the @var{g}th element defines glyph code @var{g}. If the value | |
2997 is @code{nil} instead of a vector, then all glyphs are simple (see | |
2998 below). | |
2999 @end defvar | |
3000 | |
3001 Here are the possible types of elements in the glyph table: | |
3002 | |
22252
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
3003 @table @asis |
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
3004 @item @var{string} |
6598 | 3005 Send the characters in @var{string} to the terminal to output |
3006 this glyph. This alternative is available on character terminals, | |
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
3007 but not under a window system. |
6598 | 3008 |
22252
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
3009 @item @var{integer} |
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
3010 Define this glyph code as an alias for glyph code @var{integer}. You |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
3011 can use an alias to specify a face code for the glyph; see below. |
6598 | 3012 |
3013 @item @code{nil} | |
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
3014 This glyph is simple. On an ordinary terminal, the glyph code mod |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
3015 524288 is the character to output. In a window system, the glyph code |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
3016 mod 524288 is the character to output, and the glyph code divided by |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
3017 524288 specifies the face number (@pxref{Face Functions}) to use while |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
3018 outputting it. (524288 is |
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
3019 @ifinfo |
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
3020 2**19.) |
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
3021 @end ifinfo |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
3022 @tex |
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
3023 $2^{19}$.) |
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
3024 @end tex |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
3025 @xref{Faces}. |
6598 | 3026 @end table |
3027 | |
3028 If a glyph code is greater than or equal to the length of the glyph | |
3029 table, that code is automatically simple. | |
3030 | |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
3031 @defun create-glyph string |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
3032 @tindex create-glyph |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
3033 This function returns a newly-allocated glyph code which is set up to |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
3034 display by sending @var{string} to the terminal. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
3035 @end defun |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
3036 |
6598 | 3037 @node Beeping |
3038 @section Beeping | |
3039 @cindex beeping | |
3040 @cindex bell | |
3041 | |
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
3042 This section describes how to make Emacs ring the bell (or blink the |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
3043 screen) to attract the user's attention. Be conservative about how |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
3044 often you do this; frequent bells can become irritating. Also be |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
3045 careful not to use just beeping when signaling an error is more |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
3046 appropriate. (@xref{Errors}.) |
6598 | 3047 |
22138
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
3048 @defun ding &optional do-not-terminate |
6598 | 3049 @cindex keyboard macro termination |
3050 This function beeps, or flashes the screen (see @code{visible-bell} below). | |
3051 It also terminates any keyboard macro currently executing unless | |
22138
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
3052 @var{do-not-terminate} is non-@code{nil}. |
6598 | 3053 @end defun |
3054 | |
22138
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
3055 @defun beep &optional do-not-terminate |
6598 | 3056 This is a synonym for @code{ding}. |
3057 @end defun | |
3058 | |
22252
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
3059 @defopt visible-bell |
6598 | 3060 This variable determines whether Emacs should flash the screen to |
3061 represent a bell. Non-@code{nil} means yes, @code{nil} means no. This | |
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
3062 is effective on a window system, and on a character-only terminal |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
3063 provided the terminal's Termcap entry defines the visible bell |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
3064 capability (@samp{vb}). |
22252
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
3065 @end defopt |
6598 | 3066 |
22138
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
3067 @defvar ring-bell-function |
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
3068 @tindex ring-bell-function |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
3069 If this is non-@code{nil}, it specifies how Emacs should ``ring the |
25875 | 3070 bell.'' Its value should be a function of no arguments. If this is |
3071 non-@code{nil}, it takes precedence over the @code{visible-bell} | |
3072 variable. | |
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
3073 @end defvar |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
3074 |
6598 | 3075 @node Window Systems |
3076 @section Window Systems | |
3077 | |
3078 Emacs works with several window systems, most notably the X Window | |
3079 System. Both Emacs and X use the term ``window'', but use it | |
3080 differently. An Emacs frame is a single window as far as X is | |
3081 concerned; the individual Emacs windows are not known to X at all. | |
3082 | |
3083 @defvar window-system | |
22252
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
3084 This variable tells Lisp programs what window system Emacs is running |
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
3085 under. The possible values are |
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
3086 |
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
3087 @table @code |
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
3088 @item x |
6598 | 3089 @cindex X Window System |
22252
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
3090 Emacs is displaying using X. |
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
3091 @item pc |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
3092 Emacs is displaying using MS-DOS. |
22252
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
3093 @item w32 |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
3094 Emacs is displaying using Windows NT or Windows 9x. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
3095 @item mac |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
3096 Emacs is displaying using a Macintosh. |
22252
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
3097 @item nil |
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
3098 Emacs is using a character-based terminal. |
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
3099 @end table |
6598 | 3100 @end defvar |
3101 | |
3102 @defvar window-setup-hook | |
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
3103 This variable is a normal hook which Emacs runs after handling the |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
3104 initialization files. Emacs runs this hook after it has completed |
25875 | 3105 loading your init file, the default initialization file (if |
22138
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
3106 any), and the terminal-specific Lisp code, and running the hook |
6598 | 3107 @code{term-setup-hook}. |
3108 | |
3109 This hook is used for internal purposes: setting up communication with | |
3110 the window system, and creating the initial window. Users should not | |
3111 interfere with it. | |
3112 @end defvar |